10-Q 1 pvtb0930201610-q.htm 10-Q Document

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
 ______________________________________________
FORM 10-Q
______________________________________________ 
(Mark One)
ý
QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the quarterly period ended September 30, 2016
OR
¨
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from                    to                    .
Commission File Number 001-34066
______________________________________________ 
PRIVATEBANCORP, INC.
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)
______________________________________________ 
Delaware
 
36-3681151
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
 
(IRS Employer
Identification No.)
 
 
120 South LaSalle Street
Chicago, Illinois
 
60603
(Address of principal executive offices)
 
(zip code)
(312) 564-2000
Registrant’s telephone number, including area code
______________________________________________ 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes  ý    No  ¨
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes  ý    No  ¨
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
Large accelerated filer
 
ý
Accelerated filer
 
¨
 
 
 
 
Non-accelerated filer
 
¨ 
Smaller reporting company
 
¨
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).     Yes  ¨    No  ý
As of October 31, 2016, there were 79,684,172 shares of the issuer’s voting common stock, no par value, outstanding.

1


PRIVATEBANCORP, INC.
FORM 10-Q
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
 
Page
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 


2


PART 1. FINANCIAL INFORMATION
ITEM 1. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

PRIVATEBANCORP, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
(Amounts in thousands, except shares and per share data)
 
September 30,
2016
 
December 31,
2015
 
(Unaudited)
 
(Audited)
Assets
 
 
 
Cash and due from banks
$
166,607

 
$
145,147

Federal funds sold and interest-bearing deposits in banks
245,193

 
238,511

Loans held-for-sale
75,438

 
108,798

Securities available-for-sale, at fair value (pledged as collateral to creditors: $104.7 million - 2016; $100.2 million - 2015)
1,961,099

 
1,765,366

Securities held-to-maturity, at amortized cost (fair value: $1.7 billion - 2016; $1.4 billion - 2015)
1,633,235

 
1,355,283

Federal Home Loan Bank ("FHLB") stock
30,213

 
26,613

Loans – excluding covered assets, net of unearned fees
14,654,570

 
13,266,475

Allowance for loan losses
(180,268
)
 
(160,736
)
Loans, net of allowance for loan losses and unearned fees
14,474,302

 
13,105,739

Covered assets
23,889

 
26,954

Allowance for covered loan losses
(4,879
)
 
(5,712
)
Covered assets, net of allowance for covered loan losses
19,010

 
21,242

Other real estate owned, excluding covered assets
12,035

 
7,273

Premises, furniture, and equipment, net
44,760

 
42,405

Accrued interest receivable
48,512

 
45,482

Investment in bank owned life insurance
57,750

 
56,653

Goodwill
94,041

 
94,041

Other intangible assets
1,809

 
3,430

Derivative assets
62,094

 
40,615

Other assets 
179,462

 
196,250

Total assets 
$
19,105,560

 
$
17,252,848

Liabilities
 
 
 
Deposits:
 
 
 
Noninterest-bearing
$
4,857,470

 
$
4,355,700

Interest-bearing
10,631,384

 
9,989,892

Total deposits
15,488,854

 
14,345,592

Short-term borrowings
1,233,318

 
372,467

Long-term debt
338,286

 
688,215

Accrued interest payable
7,953

 
7,080

Derivative liabilities
19,236

 
18,229

Other liabilities
135,559

 
122,314

Total liabilities 
17,223,206

 
15,553,897

Equity
 
 
 
Common stock (no par value, $1 stated value; authorized shares: 174 million; issued shares: 79,640,004 - 2016 and 79,099,157 - 2015)
79,101

 
78,439

Treasury stock, at cost (0 - 2016 and 2,574 - 2015)

 
(103
)
Additional paid-in capital
1,091,275

 
1,071,674

Retained earnings
678,059

 
531,682

Accumulated other comprehensive income, net of tax
33,919

 
17,259

Total equity
1,882,354

 
1,698,951

Total liabilities and equity 
$
19,105,560

 
$
17,252,848

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

3


PRIVATEBANCORP, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
(Amounts in thousands, except per share data)
(Unaudited)
 
Three Months Ended September 30,
 
Nine Months Ended September 30,
 
2016
 
2015
 
2016
 
2015
Interest Income
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loans, including fees
$
148,759

 
$
132,106

 
$
432,990

 
$
380,455

Federal funds sold and interest-bearing deposits in banks
380

 
168

 
1,055

 
674

Securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Taxable
15,283

 
13,599

 
45,651

 
40,696

Exempt from Federal income taxes
2,322

 
2,177

 
6,951

 
5,964

Other interest income
139

 
69

 
459

 
180

Total interest income
166,883

 
148,119

 
487,106

 
427,969

Interest Expense
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Deposits
15,238

 
11,838

 
42,274

 
34,742

Short-term borrowings
1,070

 
24

 
2,295

 
455

Long-term debt
5,065

 
5,048

 
15,492

 
14,948

Total interest expense
21,373

 
16,910

 
60,061

 
50,145

Net interest income
145,510

 
131,209

 
427,045

 
377,824

Provision for loan and covered loan losses
15,691

 
4,197

 
27,662

 
11,959

Net interest income after provision for loan and covered loan losses
129,819

 
127,012

 
399,383

 
365,865

Non-interest Income
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Asset management
5,590

 
4,462

 
15,854

 
13,566

Mortgage banking
5,060

 
3,340

 
12,636

 
11,267

Capital markets products
5,448

 
3,098

 
16,499

 
12,189

Treasury management
8,617

 
8,010

 
25,093

 
22,758

Loan, letter of credit and commitment fees
5,293

 
5,670

 
16,031

 
15,690

Syndication fees
4,721

 
4,364

 
15,819

 
12,361

Deposit service charges and fees and other income
2,885

 
1,585

 
5,303

 
8,740

Net securities gains

 
260

 
1,111

 
793

Total non-interest income
37,614

 
30,789

 
108,346

 
97,364

Non-interest Expense
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Salaries and employee benefits
55,889

 
50,019

 
169,554

 
152,400

Net occupancy and equipment expense
7,099

 
7,098

 
21,326

 
21,087

Technology and related costs
6,282

 
4,665

 
17,062

 
13,540

Marketing
4,587

 
3,682

 
12,916

 
11,926

Professional services
2,865

 
3,679

 
15,349

 
8,574

Outsourced servicing costs
1,379

 
1,786

 
5,271

 
5,500

Net foreclosed property expenses
965

 
1,080

 
1,891

 
2,993

Postage, telephone, and delivery
818

 
857

 
2,603

 
2,618

Insurance
3,931

 
3,667

 
11,730

 
10,328

Loan and collection expense
1,972

 
2,324

 
5,521

 
6,802

Other expenses
6,133

 
6,318

 
13,406

 
14,449

Total non-interest expense
91,920

 
85,175

 
276,629

 
250,217

Income before income taxes
75,513

 
72,626

 
231,100

 
213,012

Income tax provision
26,621

 
27,358

 
82,291

 
79,838

Net income available to common stockholders
$
48,892

 
$
45,268

 
$
148,809

 
$
133,174

Per Common Share Data
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic earnings per share
$
0.61

 
$
0.58

 
$
1.87

 
$
1.70

Diluted earnings per share
$
0.60

 
$
0.57

 
$
1.84

 
$
1.67

Cash dividends declared
$
0.01

 
$
0.01

 
$
0.03

 
$
0.03

Weighted-average common shares outstanding
79,007

 
78,144

 
78,803

 
77,834

Weighted-average diluted common shares outstanding
80,673

 
79,401

 
80,283

 
79,027

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
Note: Certain reclassifications have been made to prior period amounts to conform to the current period presentation.

4


PRIVATEBANCORP, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
(Amounts in thousands)
(Unaudited) 
 
Three Months Ended September 30,
 
Nine Months Ended September 30,
 
2016
 
2015
 
2016
 
2015
Net income
$
48,892

 
$
45,268

 
$
148,809

 
$
133,174

Other comprehensive (loss) income:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Available-for-sale securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net unrealized (losses) gains
(7,303
)
 
9,264

 
21,526

 
3,857

Reclassification of net gains included in net income

 
(385
)
 
(1,111
)
 
(918
)
Income tax benefit (expense)
2,854

 
(3,461
)
 
(7,759
)
 
(1,180
)
Net unrealized (losses) gains on available-for-sale securities
(4,449
)
 
5,418

 
12,656

 
1,759

Cash flow hedges:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net unrealized (losses) gains
(1,131
)
 
10,261

 
12,262

 
18,387

Reclassification of net gains included in net income
(1,661
)
 
(2,571
)
 
(5,752
)
 
(7,643
)
Income tax benefit (expense)
1,077

 
(2,987
)
 
(2,506
)
 
(4,171
)
Net unrealized (losses) gains on cash flow hedges
(1,715
)
 
4,703

 
4,004

 
6,573

Other comprehensive (loss) income
(6,164
)
 
10,121

 
16,660

 
8,332

Comprehensive income
$
42,728

 
$
55,389

 
$
165,469

 
$
141,506

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

5


PRIVATEBANCORP, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY
(Amounts in thousands, except per share data)
(Unaudited) 
 
Common
Shares
Out-
standing
 
 
Common
Stock
 
Treasury
Stock
 
Additional
Paid-in
Capital
 
Retained
Earnings
 
Accumu-
lated
Other
Compre-
hensive
Income
 
Total
Balance at January 1, 2015
78,178

 
 
$
77,211

 
$
(53
)
 
$
1,034,048

 
$
349,556

 
$
20,917

 
$
1,481,679

Comprehensive income (loss) (1)

 
 

 

 

 
133,174

 
8,332

 
141,506

Cash dividends declared ($0.03 per common share)

 
 

 

 

 
(2,388
)
 

 
(2,388
)
Common stock issued for:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Nonvested (restricted) stock grants
251

 
 

 

 

 

 

 

Exercise of stock options
598

 
 
428

 
5,903

 
8,209

 

 

 
14,540

Restricted stock activity
6

 
 
558

 

 
(558
)
 

 

 

Deferred compensation plan
1

 
 

 
29

 
276

 

 

 
305

Excess tax benefit from share-based compensation plans

 
 

 

 
4,331

 

 

 
4,331

Stock repurchased in connection with benefit plans
(171
)
 
 

 
(5,942
)
 

 

 

 
(5,942
)
Share-based compensation expense

 
 

 

 
13,968

 

 

 
13,968

Balance at September 30, 2015
78,863

 
 
$
78,197

 
$
(63
)
 
$
1,060,274

 
$
480,342

 
$
29,249

 
$
1,647,999

Balance at January 1, 2016
79,097

 
 
$
78,439

 
$
(103
)
 
$
1,071,674

 
$
531,682

 
$
17,259

 
$
1,698,951

Comprehensive income (1)

 
 

 

 

 
148,809

 
16,660

 
165,469

Cash dividends declared ($0.03 per common share)

 
 

 

 

 
(2,432
)
 

 
(2,432
)
Common stock issued for:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Nonvested (restricted) stock grants
266

 
 

 

 

 

 

 

Exercise of stock options
364

 
 
247

 
4,251

 
4,373

 

 

 
8,871

Restricted stock activity
38

 
 
412

 
464

 
(876
)
 

 

 

Deferred compensation plan
5

 
 
3

 
81

 
425

 

 

 
509

Stock repurchased in connection with benefit plans
(129
)
 
 

 
(4,693
)
 
(24
)
 

 

 
(4,717
)
Share-based compensation expense

 
 

 

 
15,703

 

 

 
15,703

Balance at September 30, 2016
79,641

 
 
$
79,101

 
$

 
$
1,091,275

 
$
678,059

 
$
33,919

 
$
1,882,354

(1) 
Net of taxes and reclassification adjustments.
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

6


PRIVATEBANCORP, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(Amounts in thousands)
(Unaudited)
 
Nine Months Ended September 30,
 
2016
 
2015
Operating Activities
 
 
 
Net income
$
148,809

 
$
133,174

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities
 
 
 
Provision for loan and covered loan losses
27,662

 
11,959

Provision for unfunded commitments
3,888

 
2,931

Depreciation and impairment of premises, furniture, and equipment
6,765

 
6,361

Net amortization of premium on securities
17,196

 
13,201

Net securities gains
(1,111
)
 
(793
)
Valuation adjustments on other real estate owned
1,371

 
2,254

Net losses on sale of other real estate owned
357

 
399

Net (accretion) amortization of discount on covered assets
(51
)
 
282

Bank owned life insurance income
(1,097
)
 
(1,085
)
Net increase (decrease) in deferred loan fees and unamortized discounts and premiums on loans
5,092

 
(3,687
)
Share-based compensation expense
15,703

 
13,968

Excess tax benefit from exercise of stock options and vesting of restricted shares
(2,841
)
 
(4,876
)
Provision for deferred income tax benefit
(11,329
)
 
(3,290
)
Amortization of other intangibles
1,621

 
1,877

Originations and purchases of loans held-for-sale
(449,120
)
 
(467,177
)
Proceeds from sales of loans held-for-sale
495,302

 
515,810

Net gains from sales of loans held-for-sale
(13,107
)
 
(9,605
)
Gain on sale of branch

 
(4,092
)
Net increase in derivative assets and liabilities
(20,472
)
 
(21,716
)
Net increase in accrued interest receivable
(3,030
)
 
(2,533
)
Net increase (decrease) in accrued interest payable
873

 
(439
)
Net decrease in other assets
24,647

 
43,221

Net increase in other liabilities
12,231

 
13,982

Net cash provided by operating activities
259,359

 
240,126

Investing Activities
 
 
 
Available-for-sale securities:
 
 
 
Proceeds from maturities, prepayments, and calls
155,753

 
159,121

Proceeds from sales
45,446

 
57,313

Purchases
(385,037
)
 
(279,675
)
Held-to-maturity securities:
 
 
 
Proceeds from maturities, prepayments, and calls
155,086

 
119,597

Purchases
(440,603
)
 
(288,555
)
Net purchase of FHLB stock
(3,600
)
 
(2,074
)
Net increase in loans
(1,411,659
)
 
(1,189,890
)
Net decrease in covered assets
2,502

 
6,228

Proceeds from sale of other real estate owned
3,633

 
7,105

Net purchases of premises, furniture, and equipment
(9,120
)
 
(5,483
)
Net cash used in investing activities
(1,887,599
)
 
(1,416,313
)
Financing Activities
 
 
 
Net increase in deposit accounts
1,143,262

 
685,555

Net increase in short-term borrowings, excluding FHLB advances
851

 
57,736

Net increase in FHLB advances
510,000

 
374,000

Stock repurchased in connection with benefit plans
(4,717
)
 
(5,942
)
Cash dividends paid
(2,394
)
 
(2,358
)
Proceeds from exercise of stock options and issuance of common stock under benefit plans
9,380

 
14,845

Excess tax benefit from exercise of stock options and vesting of restricted shares

 
4,876

Net cash provided by financing activities
1,656,382

 
1,128,712

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
28,142

 
(47,475
)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
383,658

 
424,552

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
$
411,800

 
$
377,077

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
Note: Certain reclassifications have been made to prior period amounts to conform to the current period presentation.

7


PRIVATEBANCORP, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS - (Continued)
(Amounts in thousands)
(Unaudited)
 
Nine Months Ended September 30,
 
2016
 
2015
Supplemental Disclosures of Cash Flow Information:
 
 
 
Cash paid for interest
$
59,188

 
$
50,584

Cash paid for income taxes
88,992

 
76,997

Non-cash transfers of loans to loans held-for-sale
82,591

 
110,529

Non-cash transfers of loans to other real estate
10,123

 
5,102

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

8


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Unaudited)

PrivateBancorp, Inc. (“PrivateBancorp” or the “Company”), a Delaware corporation incorporated in 1989, is a Chicago-based bank holding company registered under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended. The Company is the holding company for The PrivateBank and Trust Company (“PrivateBank” or the “Bank”), an Illinois-chartered bank founded in Chicago in 1991. Through the Bank, we provide customized business and personal financial services to middle market companies, as well as business owners, executives, entrepreneurs and families in the markets and communities we serve.

On June 29, 2016, the Company entered into a definitive merger agreement with Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce (“CIBC”), a Canadian chartered bank, and CIBC Holdco Inc. (“Holdco”), a Delaware corporation and a direct, wholly owned subsidiary of CIBC, pursuant to which the Company will merge with and into Holdco, with Holdco surviving the merger. Following the merger, the Bank will be headquartered in Chicago, Illinois, retain its Illinois state banking charter and be an indirect, wholly owned subsidiary of CIBC. The transaction is expected to close by the end of the first quarter 2017, pending regulatory and stockholder approval and other customary closing conditions.

Under the terms of the definitive agreement, shareholders of the Company will receive $18.80 in cash and 0.3657 of a CIBC common share for each share of PrivateBancorp common stock. As of June 28, 2016, the last trading day before public announcement of the transaction, total consideration for the transaction was valued at approximately $3.8 billion, or $47.00 per share of common stock of the Company, based on CIBC’s closing stock price on June 28, 2016 of $77.11. As of such date, the aggregate consideration would have been paid with approximately $1.5 billion in cash and approximately 29.5 million common shares of CIBC, representing a 40 percent cash and 60 percent share mix. The actual transaction value will be based on the number of shares of common stock of the Company outstanding at the closing and the price of CIBC common stock as of the closing.

Additional information about the definitive agreement is set forth in the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities Exchange Commission (“SEC”) on July 6, 2016.

Direct costs related to the proposed transaction were expensed as incurred and totaled $6.4 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2016. These costs were primarily comprised of financial advisor and other professional services fees.

1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

The accompanying unaudited consolidated interim financial statements of PrivateBancorp have been prepared pursuant to the rules and regulations of the SEC for quarterly reports on Form 10-Q and do not include certain information and footnote disclosures required by U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“U.S. GAAP”) for complete annual financial statements. Accordingly, these financial statements should be read in conjunction with the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2015.

The accompanying unaudited consolidated interim financial statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP, and (where applicable) in accordance with accounting and reporting guidelines prescribed by bank regulation and authority, and reflect all adjustments that are, in the opinion of management, necessary for the fair presentation of the financial position and results of operations for the periods presented. All such adjustments are of a normal recurring nature. The results of operations for interim periods are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the full year or any other period.

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts and results of operations of the Company and the Bank, after elimination of all significant intercompany accounts and transactions. Certain reclassifications have been made to prior period amounts to conform to the current period presentation. The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make certain estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from these estimates.

In preparing the consolidated financial statements, we have considered the impact of events occurring subsequent to September 30, 2016, for potential recognition or disclosure.

2. RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

Accounting for Share-Based Payments When the Terms of an Award Provide That a Performance Target Could Be Achieved after the Requisite Service Period - On January 1, 2016, we adopted new accounting guidance issued by the Financial Accounting

9


Standards Board (“FASB”) that clarifies the accounting for a performance target that affects vesting of a share-based payment award and that could be achieved after the requisite service period. The guidance indicates that such a performance target would not be reflected in the estimation of the award’s grant date fair value. Rather, compensation cost for such an award would be recognized over the requisite service period, if it is probable that the performance target will be achieved. The total amount of compensation cost recognized during and after the requisite service period would reflect the number of awards that are expected to vest and would be adjusted to reflect those awards that ultimately vest. The guidance is applied prospectively to awards that are granted or modified after the effective date. The adoption of this guidance did not impact our consolidated financial position or consolidated results of operations.

Amendments to the Consolidation Analysis - On January 1, 2016, we adopted new accounting guidance issued by the FASB that changes certain aspects of the variable interest and voting interest consolidation models. The amendments modify existing guidance on (1) the evaluation of whether limited partnerships and similar legal entities are variable interest entities (“VIEs”) or voting interest entities, (2) when fee arrangements represent variable interests in a VIE, and (3) the primary beneficiary determination for VIEs. Additionally, the guidance eliminates the presumption that a general partner controls a limited partnership under the voting interest model and exempts reporting entities from consolidating money market funds that are required to comply with or operate in accordance with requirements that are similar to those in Rule 2a-7 of the Investment Company Act of 1940. The Company elected to apply the guidance through a cumulative effect adjustment as of January 1, 2016. The adoption of this guidance did not impact our consolidated financial position or consolidated results of operations.

Debt Issuance Costs - On January 1, 2016, we adopted new accounting guidance issued by the FASB that clarifies the presentation of debt issuance costs within the balance sheet. This guidance requires that an entity present debt issuance costs related to a recognized debt liability on the balance sheet as a direct deduction from the carrying amount of that debt liability, not as a separate asset. The standard does not affect the current guidance for the recognition and measurement for debt issuance costs. This guidance was applied retrospectively. The adoption of this guidance did not materially impact our consolidated financial position or consolidated results of operations.

Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting - In March 2016, the FASB issued guidance that amends certain aspects of share-based payment accounting. The new guidance (1) requires all income tax effects of awards to be recognized in the income statement when the awards vest or are settled, and eliminates the accounting for additional paid-in-capital pools; (2) allows the Company to repurchase more of an employee's shares for tax withholding purposes without triggering liability accounting; (3) requires the Company to make an accounting policy election to either recognize forfeitures as they occur or estimate the number of awards expected to be forfeited; (4) requires the Company to present excess tax benefits as an operating activity on the statement of cash flows; and (5) clarifies that the Company must classify cash paid to a tax authority when shares are withheld to satisfy its statutory income tax withholding obligation as a financing activity on the statement of cash flows. Regarding the accounting policy election related to the accounting for forfeitures, the Company has elected to estimate the number of awards expected to be forfeited, consistent with our past practice of estimating forfeitures. As permitted under the new guidance, the Company has elected to early adopt the guidance for the Company’s financial statements that include periods beginning on January 1, 2016. The Company has applied the guidance related to items (1) and (4) prospectively; the guidance related to item (5) retrospectively; and the guidance related to items (2) and (3) using a modified retrospective transition method with a cumulative-effect adjustment to retained earnings. For the nine months ended September 30, 2016, the Company recognized a $2.8 million tax benefit in the consolidated statements of income within the income tax provision, representing the prospective application of the accounting change described in (1) above. Adoption of all other changes did not have an impact on our consolidated financial position or consolidated results of operations.

Accounting Pronouncements Pending Adoption

Revenue from Contracts with Customers - In May 2014, August 2015, March 2016, April 2016 and May 2016, the FASB issued new revenue recognition guidance that will replace most of the existing revenue recognition guidance in U.S. GAAP. All arrangements involving the transfer of goods or services to customers are within the scope of the guidance, except for certain contracts subject to other U.S. GAAP guidance, including lease contracts and rights and obligations related to financial instruments. The standard’s core principle is that an entity should recognize revenue when it transfers promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. The guidance also includes new disclosure requirements related to the nature, timing, and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from contracts with customers. The guidance is effective for the Company’s financial statements beginning January 1, 2018. The guidance allows an entity to apply the new standard either retrospectively or through a cumulative-effect adjustment as of January 1, 2018. We have elected to implement this new accounting guidance using a cumulative-effect adjustment. This guidance does not apply to revenue associated with financial instruments, including loans and securities that are accounted for under other U.S. GAAP guidance. For that reason, we do not expect it to have a material impact on our consolidated results of operations for elements of the statement of income associated with financial instruments, including securities gains, interest income and interest

10


expense. The Company is continuing to evaluate the effect of the new guidance on revenue sources other than financial instruments on our financial position and consolidated results of operations.

Disclosure of Uncertainties about an Entity’s Ability to Continue as a Going Concern - In August 2014, the FASB issued guidance that requires management to evaluate whether there are conditions and events that raise substantial doubt about an entity’s ability to continue as a going concern. The guidance requires new disclosures to the extent management concludes there is substantial doubt about an entity’s ability to continue as a going concern. The guidance will be effective for the Company’s annual financial statements dated December 31, 2016, as well as interim periods thereafter. The adoption of this guidance is not expected to have a material impact on our financial position or consolidated results of operations.

Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities - In January 2016, the FASB issued guidance that amends the accounting for certain financial asset and financial liabilities. The guidance will require the Company to (1) measure certain equity investments at fair value with changes in fair value recognized in earnings, (2) record changes in instrument-specific credit risk for financial liabilities measured under the fair value option in other comprehensive income, and (3) assess the realizability of deferred tax assets related to available-for-sale debt securities in combination with the Company’s other deferred tax assets. The standard does not change the guidance for classifying and measuring investments in debt securities and loans. The guidance amends certain disclosure requirements related to financial assets and financial liabilities. The guidance will be effective for the Company’s financial statements that include periods beginning January 1, 2018. Certain provisions of the standard will be applied through a cumulative-effect adjustment as of January 1, 2018, and other provisions will be applied prospectively. The Company is in the process of determining the effect of the new guidance on our financial position and consolidated results of operations.

Leases - In February 2016, the FASB issued guidance that amends the accounting for leases. Under the new guidance, lessees will need to recognize a right-of-use asset and a lease liability for the vast majority of leases. Operating leases will result in straight-line expense, while finance leases will result in a front-loaded expense pattern. Classification will be based on criteria that are largely similar to those applied in current lease accounting. Lessor accounting will remain similar to the current model. Lessors will classify leases as operating, direct financing, or sales-type, consistent with the current model. The new guidance will also require extensive quantitative and qualitative disclosures related to the revenue and expense recognized and expected to be recognized over the lease term, as well as significant judgments made by management. The guidance will be effective for the Company’s financial statements that include periods beginning January 1, 2018, and early adoption is permitted. The new standard must be applied using a modified retrospective transition. The Company is in the process of determining the effect of the new guidance on our financial position and consolidated results of operations.

Measure of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments - In June 2016, the FASB issued guidance that changes the impairment model for most financial assets and certain other instruments that are not measured at fair value through net income. For financial assets subject to credit losses and measured at amortized cost and certain off-balance sheet credit exposures (including loans, held-to-maturity debt securities, and loan commitments), the new guidance will require the Company to record an allowance based on the estimated credit losses expected over the life of the financial instrument or pool of financial instruments. The estimate of lifetime expected credit losses must consider historical information, current conditions, and reasonable and supportable forecasts. The new guidance also amends the current other-than-temporary impairment model for available-for-sale debt securities. The new guidance will require the Company to record an allowance for estimated credit losses on available-for-sale securities when the fair value of the security is below the amortized cost of the asset. Additionally, the guidance expands the disclosure requirements related to the Company’s assumptions, models, and methods for estimating the allowance for credit losses. The guidance will be effective for the Company’s financial statements that include periods beginning January 1, 2020. Early adoption is permitted beginning January 1, 2019. The new standard will be applied using a modified retrospective approach. The Company is in the process of determining the effect of the new guidance on our financial position and consolidated results of operations.

Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments - In August 2016, the FASB issued guidance that clarifies how certain cash receipts and cash payments are presented and classified in the consolidated statements of cash flows. The guidance will be effective for the Company’s financial statements that include periods beginning January 1, 2018, as well as interim periods thereafter, with early adoption permitted. The guidance should be applied using a retrospective transition method to each period presented. The Company is in the process of determining the effect of the new guidance on our financial position and consolidated results of operations.


11


3. SECURITIES

Securities Portfolio
(Amounts in thousands)

 
September 30, 2016
 
December 31, 2015
 
Amortized Cost
 
Gross Unrealized
 
Fair Value
 
Amortized Cost
 
Gross Unrealized
 
Fair Value
 
 
Gains
 
Losses
 
 
 
Gains
 
Losses
 
Available-for-Sale
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. Treasury
$
473,754

 
$
3,938

 
$
(91
)
 
$
477,601

 
$
322,922

 
$
30

 
$
(1,301
)
 
$
321,651

U.S. Agencies
46,159

 
397

 

 
46,556

 
46,504

 

 
(406
)
 
46,098

Collateralized mortgage obligations
79,157

 
3,108

 

 
82,265

 
97,260

 
2,784

 
(72
)
 
99,972

Residential mortgage-backed securities
856,874

 
22,228

 
(139
)
 
878,963

 
817,006

 
15,870

 
(3,021
)
 
829,855

State and municipal securities
461,468

 
14,406

 
(160
)
 
475,714

 
458,402

 
9,779

 
(391
)
 
467,790

Total
$
1,917,412

 
$
44,077

 
$
(390
)
 
$
1,961,099

 
$
1,742,094

 
$
28,463

 
$
(5,191
)
 
$
1,765,366

Held-to-Maturity
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Collateralized mortgage obligations
$
43,516

 
$

 
$
(406
)
 
$
43,110

 
$
50,708

 
$

 
$
(1,729
)
 
$
48,979

Residential mortgage-backed securities
1,307,065

 
22,880

 
(83
)
 
1,329,862

 
1,069,746

 
4,809

 
(4,983
)
 
1,069,572

Commercial mortgage-backed securities
278,095

 
6,241

 
(98
)
 
284,238

 
229,722

 
499

 
(2,158
)
 
228,063

State and municipal securities
254

 
1

 

 
255

 
254

 

 

 
254

Foreign sovereign debt
500

 

 

 
500

 
500

 

 

 
500

Other securities
3,805

 

 
(46
)
 
3,759

 
4,353

 

 
(480
)
 
3,873

Total
$
1,633,235

 
$
29,122

 
$
(633
)
 
$
1,661,724

 
$
1,355,283

 
$
5,308

 
$
(9,350
)
 
$
1,351,241


The carrying value of securities pledged to secure public deposits, FHLB advances, trust deposits, Federal Reserve Bank (“FRB”) discount window borrowing availability, derivative transactions, and standby letters of credit with counterparty banks and for other purposes as permitted or required by law totaled $400.0 million and $421.9 million at September 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively. Of total pledged securities, securities pledged to creditors under agreements pursuant to which the collateral may be sold or re-pledged by the secured parties totaled $104.7 million and $100.2 million at September 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively.

Excluding securities issued or backed by the U.S. Government, its agencies and U.S. Government-sponsored enterprises, there were no investments in securities from one issuer that exceeded 10% of consolidated equity at September 30, 2016 or December 31, 2015.


12


The following table presents the fair values of securities with unrealized losses as of September 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015. The securities presented are grouped according to the time periods during which the securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position.

Securities in Unrealized Loss Position
(Amounts in thousands)
 
 
Less Than 12 Months
 
12 Months or Longer
 
Total
 
Number of Securities
 
Fair
Value
 
Unrealized
Losses
 
Number of Securities
 
Fair
Value
 
Unrealized
Losses
 
Fair
Value
 
Unrealized
Losses
As of September 30, 2016
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Available-for-Sale
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. Treasury
2

 
$
50,954

 
$
(91
)
 

 
$

 
$

 
$
50,954

 
$
(91
)
Residential mortgage-backed securities
5

 
59,674

 
(139
)
 

 

 

 
59,674

 
(139
)
State and municipal securities
60

 
29,775

 
(155
)
 
2

 
843

 
(5
)
 
30,618

 
(160
)
Total

 
$
140,403

 
$
(385
)
 


 
$
843

 
$
(5
)
 
$
141,246

 
$
(390
)
Held-to-Maturity
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Collateralized mortgage obligations
1

 
$
10,565

 
$
(13
)
 
3

 
$
32,545

 
$
(393
)
 
$
43,110

 
$
(406
)
Residential mortgage-backed securities
1

 
20,614

 
(1
)
 
4

 
13,923

 
(82
)
 
34,537

 
(83
)
Commercial mortgage-backed securities
9

 
22,255

 
(70
)
 
1

 
3,544

 
(28
)
 
25,799

 
(98
)
Other securities
1

 
3,759

 
(46
)
 

 

 

 
3,759

 
(46
)
Total

 
$
57,193

 
$
(130
)
 

 
$
50,012

 
$
(503
)
 
$
107,205

 
$
(633
)
As of December 31, 2015
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Available-for-Sale
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. Treasury
11

 
$
271,006

 
$
(1,081
)
 
1

 
$
25,773

 
$
(220
)
 
$
296,779

 
$
(1,301
)
U.S. Agencies
3

 
46,098

 
(406
)
 

 

 

 
46,098

 
(406
)
Collateralized mortgage obligations
6

 
7,528

 
(72
)
 

 

 

 
7,528

 
(72
)
Residential mortgage-backed securities
28

 
243,862

 
(1,148
)
 
5

 
75,533

 
(1,873
)
 
319,395

 
(3,021
)
State and municipal securities
95

 
48,974

 
(353
)
 
12

 
3,485

 
(38
)
 
52,459

 
(391
)
Total

 
$
617,468

 
$
(3,060
)
 


 
$
104,791

 
$
(2,131
)
 
$
722,259

 
$
(5,191
)
Held-to-Maturity
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Collateralized mortgage obligations

 
$

 
$

 
4

 
$
48,979

 
$
(1,729
)
 
$
48,979

 
$
(1,729
)
Residential mortgage-backed securities
48

 
512,395

 
(3,680
)
 
10

 
57,340

 
(1,303
)
 
569,735

 
(4,983
)
Commercial mortgage-backed securities
35

 
128,434

 
(1,502
)
 
12

 
37,350

 
(656
)
 
165,784

 
(2,158
)
Other securities
1

 
3,873

 
(480
)
 

 

 

 
3,873

 
(480
)
Total

 
$
644,702

 
$
(5,662
)
 

 
$
143,669

 
$
(3,688
)
 
$
788,371

 
$
(9,350
)

There were $50.9 million of securities with $508,000 in an unrealized loss position for greater than 12 months at September 30, 2016. At December 31, 2015, there were $248.5 million of securities with $5.8 million in an unrealized loss position for greater than 12 months. The Company does not consider these unrealized losses to be credit-related. These unrealized losses relate to changes in interest rates and market spreads. We do not intend to sell the securities and we do not believe it is more likely than not that we will be required to sell the investments before recovery of their amortized cost bases, which may be at maturity.


13


We conduct a quarterly assessment of our investment portfolio to determine whether any securities are other-than-temporarily impaired. During the year ended December 31, 2015, we identified three municipal debt securities from the same issuer totaling $1.1 million, which had credit rating downgrades during the period. We determined that the difference between amortized cost and fair value was other-than-temporary and accordingly, recognized the $466,000 difference as a component of net securities gains in the consolidated statement of income. The securities were sold in January 2016 with no further losses recognized. No other securities were considered other-than-temporary impaired during the first nine months of 2016.

The following table presents the remaining contractual maturity of securities as of September 30, 2016, by amortized cost and fair value.

Remaining Contractual Maturity of Securities
(Amounts in thousands)

 
September 30, 2016
 
Available-for-Sale
 
Held-To-Maturity
 
Amortized
Cost
 
Fair
Value
 
Amortized
Cost
 
Fair
Value
U.S. Treasury, U.S. Agencies, state and municipal and foreign sovereign debt and other securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
One year or less
$
47,317

 
$
47,472

 
$
132

 
$
132

One year to five years
529,926

 
537,239

 
622

 
623

Five years to ten years
361,125

 
371,113

 
3,805

 
3,759

After ten years
43,013

 
44,047

 

 

All other securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Collateralized mortgage obligations
79,157

 
82,265

 
43,516

 
43,110

Residential mortgage-backed securities
856,874

 
878,963

 
1,307,065

 
1,329,862

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

 

 
278,095

 
284,238

Total
$
1,917,412

 
$
1,961,099

 
$
1,633,235

 
$
1,661,724


The following table presents gains on securities for the three months and nine months ended September 30, 2016 and 2015.

Securities Gains (Losses)
(Amounts in thousands)
 
Three Months Ended September 30,
 
Nine Months Ended September 30,
 
2016
 
2015
 
2016
 
2015
Proceeds from sales
$

 
$
26,967

 
$
45,446

 
$
57,313

Gross realized gains
$

 
$
385

 
$
1,133

 
$
942

Gross realized losses

 
(125
)
 
(22
)
 
(149
)
Net realized gains
$

 
$
260

 
$
1,111

 
$
793

Income tax provision on net realized gains
$

 
$
98

 
$
428

 
$
308


Refer to Note 11 for additional details of the securities available-for-sale portfolio and the related impact of unrealized gains (losses) on other comprehensive income.

All non-marketable Community Reinvestment Act (“CRA”) qualified investments, totaling $50.9 million and $54.2 million at September 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively, are recorded in other assets on the consolidated statements of financial condition.


14


4. LOANS AND CREDIT QUALITY

The following loan portfolio and credit quality disclosures exclude covered loans. Covered loans represent loans acquired through a Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) assisted transaction that are subject to a loss share agreement and are presented separately in the consolidated statements of financial condition. Refer to the “Covered Assets” section in this footnote for further information regarding covered loans.

Loan Portfolio
(Amounts in thousands)
 
 
September 30,
2016
 
December 31,
2015
Commercial and industrial
$
7,446,754

 
$
6,747,389

Commercial - owner-occupied commercial real estate
2,062,614

 
1,888,238

Total commercial
9,509,368

 
8,635,627

Commercial real estate
2,946,687

 
2,629,873

Commercial real estate - multi-family
883,850

 
722,637

Total commercial real estate
3,830,537

 
3,352,510

Construction
496,773

 
522,263

Residential real estate
525,836

 
461,412

Home equity
124,367

 
129,317

Personal
167,689

 
165,346

Total loans
$
14,654,570

 
$
13,266,475

Net deferred loan fees and unamortized discount and premium on loans, included as a reduction in total loans
$
42,917

 
$
48,009

Overdrawn demand deposits included in total loans
$
1,934

 
$
2,654


We primarily lend to businesses and consumers in the market areas in which we have physical locations. We seek to diversify our loan portfolio by loan type, industry, and borrower.

Loans Held-for-Sale
(Amounts in thousands)

 
September 30,
2016
 
December 31,
2015
Mortgage loans held-for-sale (1)
$
28,492

 
$
35,704

Other loans held-for-sale (2)
46,946

 
73,094

Total loans held-for-sale
$
75,438

 
$
108,798

(1) 
Comprised of residential mortgage loan originations intended to be sold in the secondary market. The Company accounts for these loans under the fair value option. Refer to Note 17 for additional information regarding mortgage loans held-for-sale.
(2) 
Amounts represent commercial, commercial real estate, construction and residential loans carried at the lower of aggregate cost or fair value, including one nonaccrual loan totaling $205,000 and $667,000 at September 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively. Generally, the Company intends to sell these loans within 30-60 days from the date the intent to sell was established.


15


Carrying Value of Loans Pledged
(Amounts in thousands)
 
 
September 30,
2016
 
December 31,
2015
Loans pledged to secure outstanding borrowings or availability:
 
 
 
FRB discount window borrowings (1)
$
501,112

 
$
440,023

FHLB advances (2)
3,868,584

 
4,133,942

Total
$
4,369,696

 
$
4,573,965

(1) 
No borrowings were outstanding at September 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015.
(2) 
Refer to Notes 8 and 9 for additional information regarding FHLB advances.

Loan Portfolio Aging
(Amounts in thousands)

 
 
 
Delinquent
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Current
 
30 – 59
Days Past Due
 
60 – 89
Days Past Due
 
90 Days Past
Due and
Accruing
 
Total
Accruing
Loans
 
Nonaccrual
 
Total Loans
As of September 30, 2016
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial
$
9,432,850

 
$
1,683

 
$
2,558

 
$

 
$
9,437,091

 
$
72,277

 
$
9,509,368

Commercial real estate
3,824,530

 

 

 

 
3,824,530

 
6,007

 
3,830,537

Construction
496,773

 

 

 

 
496,773

 

 
496,773

Residential real estate
521,149

 

 
563

 

 
521,712

 
4,124

 
525,836

Home equity
118,891

 
528

 

 

 
119,419

 
4,948

 
124,367

Personal
167,631

 
31

 
11

 

 
167,673

 
16

 
167,689

Total loans
$
14,561,824

 
$
2,242

 
$
3,132

 
$

 
$
14,567,198

 
$
87,372

 
$
14,654,570

As of December 31, 2015
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial
$
8,595,150

 
$
6,641

 
$
1,042

 
$

 
$
8,602,833

 
$
32,794

 
$
8,635,627

Commercial real estate
3,343,714

 

 
295

 

 
3,344,009

 
8,501

 
3,352,510

Construction
522,263

 

 

 

 
522,263

 

 
522,263

Residential real estate
455,764

 
613

 
273

 

 
456,650

 
4,762

 
461,412

Home equity
121,580

 
66

 

 

 
121,646

 
7,671

 
129,317

Personal
165,188

 
132

 
5

 

 
165,325

 
21

 
165,346

Total loans
$
13,203,659

 
$
7,452

 
$
1,615

 
$

 
$
13,212,726

 
$
53,749

 
$
13,266,475


Impaired Loans

Impaired loans consist of nonaccrual loans (which include nonaccrual troubled debt restructurings (“TDRs”)) and loans classified as accruing TDRs. A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, either (i) management believes that it is probable that we will be unable to collect all amounts due (both principal and interest) according to the original contractual terms of the loan agreement, or (ii) it has been classified as a TDR due to providing a concession to a borrower that is inconsistent with the risk profile.


16


The following two tables present our recorded investment in impaired loans outstanding by product segment, including our recorded investment in impaired loans, which represents the principal amount outstanding, net of unearned income, deferred loan fees and costs, and any direct principal charge-offs.

Impaired Loans
(Amounts in thousands)

 
Unpaid
Contractual
Principal
Balance
 
Recorded
Investment
With No
Specific
Reserve
 
Recorded
Investment
With
Specific
Reserve
 
Total
Recorded
Investment
 
Specific
Reserve
As of September 30, 2016
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial
$
142,021

 
$
65,423

 
$
68,618

 
$
134,041

 
$
10,870

Commercial real estate
6,007

 
2,247

 
3,760

 
6,007

 
318

Residential real estate
4,240

 

 
4,124

 
4,124

 
287

Home equity
7,581

 
3,073

 
4,376

 
7,449

 
386

Personal
16

 

 
16

 
16

 
1

Total impaired loans
$
159,865

 
$
70,743

 
$
80,894

 
$
151,637

 
$
11,862

As of December 31, 2015
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial
$
49,912

 
$
27,300

 
$
20,020

 
$
47,320

 
$
4,458

Commercial real estate
14,150

 
2,085

 
6,416

 
8,501

 
1,156

Residential real estate
4,950

 

 
4,762

 
4,762

 
539

Home equity
10,071

 
2,626

 
7,065

 
9,691

 
1,106

Personal
21

 

 
21

 
21

 
3

Total impaired loans
$
79,104

 
$
32,011

 
$
38,284

 
$
70,295

 
$
7,262


Average Recorded Investment and Interest Income Recognized on Impaired Loans (1) 
(Amounts in thousands)

 
2016
 
2015
 
Average
Recorded
Investment
 
Interest
Income
Recognized
 
Average
Recorded
Investment
 
Interest
Income
Recognized
Three Months Ended September 30
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial
$
104,005

 
$
895

 
$
53,886

 
$
287

Commercial real estate
11,506

 

 
12,656

 

Construction
107

 

 

 

Residential real estate
4,094

 

 
4,332

 

Home equity
7,573

 
32

 
11,942

 
34

Personal
14

 

 
25

 

Total
$
127,299

 
$
927

 
$
82,841

 
$
321

Nine Months Ended September 30
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial
$
76,793

 
$
1,717

 
$
54,331

 
$
788

Commercial real estate
9,731

 

 
15,170

 
13

Construction
43

 

 

 

Residential real estate
4,104

 
1

 
4,594

 

Home equity
7,936

 
90

 
12,653

 
79

Personal
27

 

 
217

 

Total
$
98,634

 
$
1,808

 
$
86,965

 
$
880

(1) 
Represents amounts while classified as impaired for the periods presented.


17


Credit Quality Indicators

We attempt to mitigate risk through loan structure, collateral, monitoring, and other credit risk management controls. We have adopted an internal risk rating policy in which each loan is rated for credit quality with a numerical rating of 1 through 8. Loans rated 5 and better (1-5 ratings, inclusive) are considered “pass” rated credits that we believe exhibit acceptable financial performance, cash flow, and leverage. Credits rated 6 are performing in accordance with contractual terms but are considered “special mention” as they demonstrate potential weakness that, if left unresolved, may result in deterioration in our credit position and/or the repayment prospects for the credit. Borrowers rated special mention may exhibit adverse operating trends, high leverage, tight liquidity or other credit concerns. Loans rated 7 may be classified as either accruing (“potential problem”) or nonaccrual (“nonperforming”). Potential problem loans, like special mention, are loans that are performing in accordance with contractual terms, but for which management has some level of concern (greater than that of special mention loans) about the ability of the borrowers to meet existing repayment terms in future periods. Potential problem loans continue to accrue interest but the ultimate collection of these loans in full is a risk due to the same conditions that characterize a 6-rated credit. These credits may also have somewhat increased risk profiles as a result of the current net worth and/or paying capacity of the obligor or guarantors or a declining value of the collateral pledged. These loans generally have a well-defined weakness that may jeopardize collection of the debt and are characterized by the distinct possibility that we may sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not resolved. Although these loans are generally identified as potential problem loans and require additional attention by management, they may never become nonperforming. Nonperforming loans include nonaccrual loans risk-rated 7 or 8 and have all the weaknesses inherent in a 7-rated potential problem loan with the added characteristic that the weaknesses make collection or liquidation in full, on the basis of currently-existing facts, conditions and values, a more remote possibility. Special mention, potential problem and nonperforming loans are reviewed, at a minimum, on a quarterly basis, while all other rated credits over a certain dollar threshold, depending on loan type, are reviewed annually or more frequently as the circumstances warrant.

Credit Quality Indicators
(Dollars in thousands)
 
 
Special
Mention
 
% of
Portfolio
Loan
Type
 
 
Potential
Problem
Loans
 
% of
Portfolio
Loan
Type
 
 
Non-
Performing
Loans
 
% of
Portfolio
Loan
Type
 
 
Total Loans
As of September 30, 2016
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial
$
135,395

 
1.4
 
 
$
128,083

 
1.3
 
 
$
72,277

 
0.8
 
 
$
9,509,368

Commercial real estate

 
 
 
116

 
*
 
 
6,007

 
0.2
 
 
3,830,537

Construction

 
 
 

 
 
 

 
 
 
496,773

Residential real estate
9,228

 
1.8
 
 
4,391

 
0.8
 
 
4,124

 
0.8
 
 
525,836

Home equity
538

 
0.4
 
 
901

 
0.7
 
 
4,948

 
4.0
 
 
124,367

Personal
43

 
*
 
 
42

 
*
 
 
16

 
*
 
 
167,689

Total
$
145,204

 
1.0
 
 
$
133,533

 
0.9
 
 
$
87,372

 
0.6
 
 
$
14,654,570

As of December 31, 2015
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial
$
85,217

 
1.0
 
 
$
124,654

 
1.4
 
 
$
32,794

 
0.4
 
 
$
8,635,627

Commercial real estate
27,580

 
0.8
 
 
121

 
*
 
 
8,501

 
0.3
 
 
3,352,510

Construction

 
 
 

 
 
 

 
 
 
522,263

Residential real estate
5,988

 
1.3
 
 
5,031

 
1.1
 
 
4,762

 
1.0
 
 
461,412

Home equity
623

 
0.5
 
 
2,451

 
1.9
 
 
7,671

 
5.9
 
 
129,317

Personal
620

 
0.4
 
 
141

 
0.1
 
 
21

 
*
 
 
165,346

Total
$
120,028

 
0.9
 
 
$
132,398

 
1.0
 
 
$
53,749

 
0.4
 
 
$
13,266,475

*
Less than 0.1%


18


Troubled Debt Restructured Loans

Troubled Debt Restructured Loans Outstanding
(Amounts in thousands)

 
September 30, 2016
 
December 31, 2015
 
Accruing
 
Nonaccrual (1)
 
Accruing
 
Nonaccrual (1)
Commercial
$
61,764

 
$
29,805

 
$
14,526

 
$
25,034

Commercial real estate

 
5,980

 

 
7,619

Residential real estate

 
1,212

 

 
1,341

Home equity
2,501

 
4,226

 
2,020

 
5,177

Total
$
64,265

 
$
41,223

 
$
16,546

 
$
39,171

(1) 
Included in nonperforming loans.

At September 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015, credit commitments to lend additional funds to debtors whose loan terms have been modified in a TDR (both accruing and nonaccruing) totaled $14.4 million and $9.7 million, respectively. The following table presents the type of modification for loans that have been restructured and the post-modification recorded investment during the three months and nine months ended September 30, 2016 and 2015.

Additions to Troubled Debt Restructurings During the Period
(Dollars in thousands)

 
Three Months Ended September 30,
 
Extension of Maturity Date (1)
 
Other Concession (2)
 
Total
 
Number of Loans
 
Balance
 
Number of Loans
 
Balance
 
Number of Loans
 
Balance
2016
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Accruing:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial
2

 
$
1,770

 
4

 
$
24,964

 
6

 
$
26,734

Nonaccruing:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial
2

 
30

 
2

 
29

 
4

 
59

Home equity

 

 
1

 
22

 
1

 
22

Total accruing and nonaccruing additions
4

 
$
1,800

 
7

 
$
25,015

 
11

 
$
26,815

2015
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Accruing:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial
2

 
$
7,800

 

 
$

 
2

 
$
7,800

Nonaccruing:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial
1

 
19

 
1

 
4,473

 
2

 
4,492

Home equity

 

 
2

 
276

 
2

 
276

Total accruing and nonaccruing additions
3

 
$
7,819

 
3

 
$
4,749

 
6

 
$
12,568

(1) 
Extension of maturity date also includes loans renewed at an existing rate of interest that is considered a below market rate for that particular loan’s risk profile.
(2) 
Other concessions primarily include interest rate reductions, loan increases or deferrals of principal.


19


Additions to Troubled Debt Restructurings During the Period (Continued)
(Dollars in thousands)

 
Nine Months Ended September 30,
 
Extension of Maturity Date (1)
 
Other Concession (2)
 
Total
 
Number of Loans
 
Balance
 
Number of Loans
 
Balance
 
Number of Loans
 
Balance
2016
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Accruing:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial
5

 
$
4,023

 
8

 
$
59,705

 
13

 
$
63,728

Home equity

 

 
2

 
538

 
2

 
538

Nonaccruing:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial
4

 
792

 
6

 
13,840

 
10

 
14,632

Commercial real estate
1

 
77

 
1

 
691

 
2

 
768

Residential real estate

 

 
2

 
202

 
2

 
202

Home equity

 

 
3

 
146

 
3

 
146

Total accruing and nonaccruing additions
10

 
$
4,892

 
22

 
$
75,122

 
32

 
$
80,014

Change in recorded investment due to principal paydown or charge-off at time of modification, net of advances
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
$
3,631

2015
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Accruing:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial
7

 
$
23,328

 

 
$

 
7

 
$
23,328

Home equity
1

 
346

 

 

 
1

 
346

Nonaccruing:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial
5

 
2,602

 
3

 
7,246

 
8

 
9,848

Commercial real estate
2

 
1,660

 
1

 
3,773

 
3

 
5,433

Home equity
3

 
165

 
4

 
353

 
7

 
518

Total accruing and nonaccruing additions
18

 
$
28,101

 
8

 
$
11,372

 
26

 
$
39,473

Change in recorded investment due to principal paydown or charge-off at time of modification, net of advances
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
$
380

(1) 
Extension of maturity date also includes loans renewed at an existing rate of interest that is considered a below market rate for that particular loan’s risk profile.
(2) 
Other concessions primarily include interest rate reductions, loan increases or deferrals of principal.

At the time an accruing loan becomes modified and meets the definition of a TDR, it is considered impaired and no longer included as part of the general loan loss reserve population. However, our general reserve methodology considers a pro-rated amount and product type of the TDRs removed as a proxy for potentially heightened risk in the portfolio when establishing final reserve requirements.

As impaired loans, TDRs (both accruing and nonaccruing) are evaluated for impairment at the end of each quarter with a specific valuation reserve created, or adjusted (either individually or as part of a pool), if necessary, as a component of the allowance for loan losses. Our allowance for loan losses included $3.4 million and $3.9 million in specific reserves for nonaccrual TDRs at September 30, 2016, and December 31, 2015, respectively. For accruing TDRs, there were $872,000 and $4,000 in specific reserves at September 30, 2016, and December 31, 2015, respectively.

During the nine months ended September 30, 2016, a single commercial loan totaling $4.1 million became nonperforming within 12 months of being modified as an accruing TDR. During the nine months ended September 30, 2015, a single commercial real estate loan totaling $175,000 became nonperforming within 12 months of being modified as an accruing TDR. A loan typically becomes nonperforming and placed on nonaccrual status when the principal or interest payments are 90 days past due based on contractual terms or when an individual analysis of a borrower’s creditworthiness indicates a loan should be placed on nonaccrual status earlier than the 90-day past due date.


20


Other Real Estate Owned (“OREO”)

The following table presents the composition of property acquired as a result of borrower defaults on loans secured by real property.

OREO Composition
(Amounts in thousands)

 
September 30,
2016
 
December 31,
2015
Single-family homes
$
477

 
$
1,878

Land parcels
1,533

 
1,760

Multi-family

 
598

Office/industrial
1,012

 
1,779

Retail
9,013

 
1,258

Total OREO properties
$
12,035

 
$
7,273


The recorded investment in consumer mortgage loans secured by residential real estate properties for which foreclosure proceedings are in process totaled $1.2 million at September 30, 2016 and $3.0 million at December 31, 2015.

Covered Assets

Covered assets represent acquired residential mortgage loans and foreclosed real estate covered under a loss share agreement with the FDIC and include an indemnification receivable representing the present value of the expected reimbursement from the FDIC related to expected losses on the acquired loans and foreclosed real estate under such agreement. The loss share agreement will expire on September 30, 2019. The carrying amount of covered assets is presented in the following table.

Covered Assets
(Amounts in thousands)
 
 
September 30,
2016
 
December 31,
2015
Residential mortgage loans (1)
$
21,349

 
$
24,717

Foreclosed real estate - single-family homes
925

 
530

Estimated loss reimbursement by the FDIC
1,615

 
1,707

Total covered assets
23,889

 
26,954

Allowance for covered loan losses
(4,879
)
 
(5,712
)
Net covered assets
$
19,010

 
$
21,242

(1) 
Includes $209,000 and $257,000 of purchased credit-impaired loans as of September 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively.

The recorded investment in residential mortgage loans secured by residential real estate properties for which foreclosure proceedings are in process totaled $172,000 and $775,000 at September 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively.


21


5. ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES AND RESERVE FOR UNFUNDED COMMITMENTS

The following allowance and credit quality disclosures exclude covered loans. Refer to Note 4 for a discussion regarding covered loans.

Allowance for Loan Losses and Recorded Investment in Loans
(Amounts in thousands)
 
 
Three Months Ended September 30,
 
Commercial
 
Commercial
Real
Estate
 
Construction
 
Residential
Real
Estate
 
Home
Equity
 
Personal
 
Total
2016
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Allowance for Loan Losses:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance at beginning of period
$
122,308

 
$
31,080

 
$
6,169

 
$
3,814

 
$
3,002

 
$
2,242

 
$
168,615

Loans charged-off
(4,870
)
 

 

 
(240
)
 

 
(10
)
 
(5,120
)
Recoveries on loans previously charged-off
727

 
12

 
67

 
43

 
39

 
10

 
898

Net (charge-offs) recoveries
(4,143
)
 
12

 
67

 
(197
)
 
39

 

 
(4,222
)
Provision (release) for loan losses
17,947

 
(719
)
 
(597
)
 
(19
)
 
(557
)
 
(180
)
 
15,875

Balance at end of period
$
136,112

 
$
30,373

 
$
5,639

 
$
3,598

 
$
2,484

 
$
2,062

 
$
180,268

Ending balance, loans individually evaluated for impairment (1)
$
10,870

 
$
318

 
$

 
$
287

 
$
386

 
$
1

 
$
11,862

Ending balance, loans collectively evaluated for impairment
$
125,242

 
$
30,055

 
$
5,639

 
$
3,311

 
$
2,098

 
$
2,061

 
$
168,406

Recorded Investment in Loans:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Ending balance, loans individually evaluated for impairment (1)
$
134,041

 
$
6,007

 
$

 
$
4,124

 
$
7,449

 
$
16

 
$
151,637

Ending balance, loans collectively evaluated for impairment
9,375,327

 
3,824,530

 
496,773

 
521,712

 
116,918

 
167,673

 
14,502,933

Total recorded investment in loans
$
9,509,368

 
$
3,830,537

 
$
496,773

 
$
525,836

 
$
124,367

 
$
167,689

 
$
14,654,570

2015
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Allowance for Loan Losses:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance at beginning of period
$
113,144

 
$
28,210

 
$
3,816

 
$
5,257

 
$
4,615

 
$
2,009

 
$
157,051

Loans charged-off
(661
)
 
(175
)
 

 
(97
)
 
(85
)
 
(6
)
 
(1,024
)
Recoveries on loans previously charged-off
2,115

 
134

 
10

 
198

 
50

 
131

 
2,638

Net (charge-offs) recoveries
1,454

 
(41
)
 
10

 
101

 
(35
)
 
125

 
1,614

Provision (release) for loan losses
6,413

 
(1,868
)
 
571

 
(1,028
)
 
(292
)
 
407

 
4,203

Balance at end of period
$
121,011

 
$
26,301

 
$
4,397

 
$
4,330

 
$
4,288

 
$
2,541

 
$
162,868

Ending balance, loans individually evaluated for impairment (1)
$
5,468

 
$
1,465

 
$

 
$
558

 
$
1,575

 
$
6

 
$
9,072

Ending balance, loans collectively evaluated for impairment
$
115,543

 
$
24,836

 
$
4,397

 
$
3,772

 
$
2,713

 
$
2,535

 
$
153,796

Recorded Investment in Loans:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Ending balance, loans individually evaluated for impairment (1)
$
41,966

 
$
12,041

 
$

 
$
4,272

 
$
11,374

 
$
26

 
$
69,679

Ending balance, loans collectively evaluated for impairment
8,630,035

 
3,237,297

 
412,688

 
434,733

 
121,748

 
173,134

 
13,009,635

Total recorded investment in loans
$
8,672,001

 
$
3,249,338

 
$
412,688

 
$
439,005

 
$
133,122

 
$
173,160

 
$
13,079,314

(1) 
Refer to Note 4 for additional information regarding impaired loans.


22


Allowance for Loan Losses
(Amounts in thousands)
 
 
Nine Months Ended September 30,
 
Commercial
 
Commercial
Real
Estate
 
Construction
 
Residential
Real
Estate
 
Home
Equity
 
Personal
 
Total
2016
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance at beginning of year
$
117,619

 
$
27,610

 
$
5,441

 
$
4,239

 
$
3,744

 
$
2,083

 
$
160,736

Loans charged-off
(7,786
)
 
(1,510
)
 

 
(757
)
 
(226
)
 
(177
)
 
(10,456
)
Recoveries on loans previously charged-off
980

 
757

 
99

 
82

 
138

 
51

 
2,107

Net (charge-offs) recoveries
(6,806
)
 
(753
)
 
99

 
(675
)
 
(88
)
 
(126
)
 
(8,349
)
Provision (release) for loan losses
25,299

 
3,516

 
99

 
34

 
(1,172
)
 
105

 
27,881

Balance at end of period
$
136,112

 
$
30,373

 
$
5,639

 
$
3,598

 
$
2,484

 
$
2,062

 
$
180,268

2015
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance at beginning of year
$
103,462

 
$
31,838

 
$
4,290

 
$
5,316

 
$
4,924

 
$
2,668

 
$
152,498

Loans charged-off
(5,784
)
 
(1,160
)
 

 
(328
)
 
(456
)
 
(44
)
 
(7,772
)
Recoveries on loans previously charged-off
3,610

 
1,004

 
193

 
302

 
193

 
1,090

 
6,392

Net (charge-offs) recoveries
(2,174
)
 
(156
)
 
193

 
(26
)
 
(263
)
 
1,046

 
(1,380
)
Provision (release) for loan losses
19,723

 
(5,381
)
 
(86
)
 
(960
)
 
(373
)
 
(1,173
)
 
11,750

Balance at end of period
$
121,011

 
$
26,301

 
$
4,397

 
$
4,330

 
$
4,288

 
$
2,541

 
$
162,868


Reserve for Unfunded Commitments (1) 
(Amounts in thousands)
 
 
Three Months Ended September 30,
 
Nine Months Ended
 September 30,
 
2016
 
2015
 
2016
 
2015
Balance at beginning of period
$
13,729

 
$
13,157

 
$
11,759

 
$
12,274

Provision for unfunded commitments
1,918

 
2,048

 
3,888

 
2,931

Recovery of unfunded commitments

 
4

 

 
4

Balance at end of period
$
15,647

 
$
15,209

 
$
15,647

 
$
15,209

Unfunded commitments, excluding covered assets, at period end
$
6,453,528

 
$
6,176,419

 
 
 
 
(1) 
Unfunded commitments include commitments to extend credit, standby letters of credit and commercial letters of credit. Unfunded commitments related to covered assets are excluded as they are covered under a loss share agreement with the FDIC.

Refer to Note 16 for additional details of commitments to extend credit, standby letters of credit and commercial letters of credit.

6. GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Carrying Amount of Goodwill by Operating Segment
(Amounts in thousands)
 
 
September 30,
2016
 
December 31, 2015
Banking
$
81,755

 
$
81,755

Asset management
12,286

 
12,286

Total goodwill
$
94,041

 
$
94,041



23


Goodwill is not amortized but, instead, is subject to impairment tests at least on an annual basis or more often if events or circumstances occur that would indicate it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is below its carrying value. Our annual goodwill impairment test was performed as of October 31, 2015, and it was determined no impairment existed as of that date nor are we aware of any events or circumstances that would indicate goodwill is impaired at September 30, 2016. There were no impairment charges for goodwill recorded in 2015. Our annual goodwill test will be completed during fourth quarter 2016.

We have other intangible assets capitalized on the consolidated statements of financial condition in the form of core deposit premiums and client relationships. These intangible assets are being amortized over their estimated useful lives, which range from 8 to 12 years.

We review other intangible assets for possible impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that carrying amounts may not be recoverable. During the nine months ended September 30, 2016, there were no events or circumstances that we believe indicate there may be impairment of other intangible assets, and no impairment charges for other intangible assets were recorded for the nine months ended September 30, 2016.

Other Intangible Assets
(Dollars in thousands)

 
Nine Months Ended September 30, 2016
 
Year Ended December 31, 2015
Core deposit intangibles:
 
 
 
Gross carrying amount
$
12,378

 
$
18,093

Accumulated amortization
10,921

 
15,140

Net carrying amount
$
1,457

 
$
2,953

Amortization during the period
$
1,496

 
$
2,270

Weighted average remaining life (in years)
0.8

 
1.5

Client relationships:
 
 
 
Gross carrying amount
$
1,459

 
$
2,002

Accumulated amortization
1,107

 
1,525

Net carrying amount
$
352

 
$
477

Amortization during the period
$
125

 
$
185

Weighted average remaining life (in years)
4.3

 
5.1


Scheduled Amortization of Other Intangible Assets
(Amounts in thousands)
 
 
Total
Year Ended December 31,
 
2016 - remaining three months
$
540

2017
1,125

2018
98

2019
28

2020
15

2021 and thereafter
3

Total
$
1,809



24


7. DEPOSITS

Summary of Deposits
(Amounts in thousands)

 
September 30,
2016
 
December 31,
2015
Noninterest-bearing demand deposits
$
4,857,470

 
$
4,355,700

Interest-bearing demand deposits
1,823,840

 
1,503,372

Savings deposits
395,858

 
377,191

Money market accounts
5,795,910

 
5,919,252

Time deposits (1)
2,615,776

 
2,190,077

Total deposits
$
15,488,854

 
$
14,345,592

(1) 
Time deposits with a minimum denomination of $250,000 totaled $1.5 billion and $1.3 billion at September 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015.

Scheduled Maturities of Time Deposits
(Amounts in thousands)

 
Total
Year Ended December 31,
 
2016 - Fourth quarter
$
592,698

2017
1,295,261

2018
233,331

2019
143,732

2020
209,488

2021 and thereafter
141,266

Total
$
2,615,776


Maturities of Time Deposits of $100,000 or More
(Amounts in thousands)

 
September 30,
2016
Maturing within 3 months
$
540,898

After 3 but within 6 months
307,210

After 6 but within 12 months
708,203

After 12 months
749,313

Total
$
2,305,624



25


8. SHORT-TERM BORROWINGS

Summary of Short-Term Borrowings
(Dollars in thousands)

 
September 30, 2016
 
December 31, 2015
 
Amount
 
Rate
 
Amount
 
Rate
Outstanding:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FHLB advances
$
1,230,000

 
0.31
%
 
$
370,000

 
0.16
%
Other borrowings
556

 
%
 
250

 
0.20
%
Secured borrowings
2,762

 
4.00
%
 
2,217

 
4.00
%
Total short-term borrowings
$
1,233,318

 
 
 
$
372,467

 
 
Unused Availability:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Federal funds (1)
$
460,500

 
 
 
$
630,500

 
 
FRB discount window primary credit program (2)
431,841

 
 
 
384,419

 
 
FHLB advances (3)
839,925

 
 
 
1,481,102

 
 
Revolving line of credit
60,000

 
 
 
60,000

 
 
(1) 
Our total availability of overnight Federal fund (“Fed funds”) borrowings is not a committed line of credit and is dependent upon lender availability.
(2) 
Our borrowing capacity changes each quarter subject to available collateral and FRB discount factors.
(3) 
As a member of the FHLB Chicago, the Bank has access to borrowing capacity which is subject to change based on the availability of acceptable collateral to pledge and the level of our investment in FHLB Chicago stock. At September 30, 2016, our borrowing capacity was $2.1 billion, of which $839.9 million was available, subject to making the required additional investment in FHLB Chicago stock.

Borrowings with maturities of one year or less are classified as short-term.

FHLB Advances - At September 30, 2016, FHLB advances totaled $1.3 billion, consisting of $1.2 billion in short-term borrowings, and $50.0 million classified as long-term debt. Qualifying residential, multi-family and commercial real estate (“CRE”) loans, home equity lines of credit, and residential mortgage-backed securities are pledged as collateral to secure current outstanding balances and additional borrowing availability.

Other Borrowings - At September 30, 2016, other borrowings consisted of the Company’s obligation to a third party bank under a commercial credit card servicing arrangement. At December 31, 2015, other borrowings represented cash received by counterparty in excess of derivative liability.

Secured Borrowings - Secured borrowings represent amounts related to certain loan participation agreements on loans we originated that were classified as secured borrowings because they did not qualify for sale accounting treatment. A corresponding amount is recorded within loans on the consolidated statements of financial condition.

Revolving Line of Credit - The Company has a 364-day revolving line of credit (the “Facility”) with a group of commercial banks allowing borrowing of up to $60.0 million, and maturing on the earlier of September 22, 2017 or the consummation of the Company’s merger with CIBC. The interest rate applied to borrowings under the Facility will be elected by the Company at the time an advance is made; interest rate elections include either 30-day or 90-day LIBOR plus 1.75% or Prime minus 0.50% at the time the advance is made. Any amounts outstanding under the Facility upon or before maturity may be converted, at the Company’s option, to an amortizing term loan, with the balance of such loan due September 22, 2019 (subject to earlier maturity upon consummation of the merger with CIBC, as previously noted). At September 30, 2016, no amounts were drawn on the Facility.


26


9. LONG-TERM DEBT

Long-Term Debt
(Dollars in thousands)
 
 
Rate Type
 
Current Rate
 
Maturity
 
September 30,
 2016
 
December 31,
2015
Parent Company:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Junior Subordinated Debentures (1)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Bloomfield Hills Statutory Trust I
Floating, three-month LIBOR + 2.65%
 
3.51%
 
2034
 
$
8,248


$
8,248

PrivateBancorp Statutory Trust II
Floating, three-month LIBOR + 1.71%
 
2.56%
 
2035
 
51,547


51,547

PrivateBancorp Statutory Trust III
Floating, three-month LIBOR + 1.50%
 
2.35%
 
2035
 
41,238


41,238

PrivateBancorp Statutory Trust IV (2)
Fixed
 
10.00%
 
2068
 
66,607


66,576

Subordinated debt facility (3)(4)
Fixed
 
7.125%
 
2042
 
120,646

 
120,606

Subtotal
 
 
 
 
 
 
$
288,286


$
288,215

Subsidiaries:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
FHLB advances
Floating, FHLBC overnight discount note index + 0.065%
 
 
 
 
 
$


$
350,000

FHLB advances (5)(6)
Fixed
 
3.58% - 4.68%
 
2019
 
50,000

 
50,000

Total long-term debt
 
 
 
 
 
 
$
338,286


$
688,215

(1) 
Under the final regulatory capital rules issued in July 2013, these instruments are grandfathered for inclusion as a component of Tier 1 capital, although the Tier 1 capital treatment for these instruments could be subject to phase-out in the event we were to make certain acquisitions. Furthermore, upon completion of our pending merger with CIBC, we do not expect the outstanding Trust Preferred Securities to continue to qualify as Tier 1 capital under FRB regulations as currently in effect.
(2) 
Net of deferred financing costs of $2.1 million at September 30, 2016 and $2.2 million at December 31, 2015.
(3) 
Net of deferred financing costs of $4.4 million at September 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015.
(4) 
Qualifies as Tier 2 capital for regulatory capital purposes.
(5) 
Weighted average interest rate was 3.75% at both September 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015.
(6) 
As of December 31, 2015, amounts reported included three long-term advances totaling $45.0 million with a weighted average interest rate of 3.66%. The advances provided a one-time option to increase the amount outstanding up to $150.0 million each at the same fixed rate as the original advance. During the quarter ended September 30, 2016, two of the options expired. As of September 30, 2016, one long-term advance of $15.0 million provided a one-time option, set to expire prior to December 31, 2016, to increase the amount outstanding up to $150.0 million at the same fixed rate of 3.58%. The advances include a prepayment feature and are subject to a prepayment fee.

The $167.6 million in junior subordinated debentures presented in the table above were issued to four separate wholly-owned trusts for the purpose of issuing Company-obligated mandatorily redeemable trust preferred securities. Refer to Note 10 for further information on the nature and terms of these and previously issued debentures.

At September 30, 2016, outstanding long-term FHLB advances were secured by qualifying residential, multi-family, CRE, and home equity lines of credit. From time to time, we may pledge eligible real estate mortgage-backed securities to support additional borrowings.

We reclassify long-term debt to short-term borrowings when the remaining maturity becomes less than one year.

Scheduled Maturities of Long-Term Debt
(Amounts in thousands)
 
 
Total
Year Ended December 31,
 
2019
$
50,000

2021 and thereafter
288,286

Total
$
338,286



27


10. JUNIOR SUBORDINATED DEFERRABLE INTEREST DEBENTURES HELD BY TRUSTS THAT ISSUED TRUST PREFERRED SECURITIES

As of September 30, 2016, we sponsored and wholly owned 100% of the common equity of four trusts that were formed for the purpose of issuing mandatorily redeemable trust preferred securities (“Trust Preferred Securities”) to third-party investors and investing the proceeds from the sale of the Trust Preferred Securities solely in a series of junior subordinated debentures of the Company (“Debentures”). The Debentures held by the trusts, which in aggregate totaled $167.6 million, net of deferred financing costs, at September 30, 2016, are the sole assets of each respective trust. Our obligations under the Debentures and related documents constitute a full and unconditional guarantee by the Company on a subordinated basis of all payments on the Trust Preferred Securities. We currently have the right to redeem, in whole or in part, subject to any required regulatory approval, all or any series of the Debentures at a redemption price of 100% of the principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest. The repayment, redemption or repurchase of any of the Debentures would be subject to the terms of the applicable indenture and result in a corresponding repayment, redemption or repurchase of an equivalent amount of the related series of Trust Preferred Securities. Any redemption of the 10% Debentures held by the PrivateBancorp Capital Trust IV also would be subject to the terms of the replacement capital covenant described below.

In connection with the issuance in 2008 of the 10% Debentures, which rank junior to the other Debentures, we entered into a replacement capital covenant that relates to the redemption of the 10% Debentures and the related Trust Preferred Securities. Under the replacement capital covenant, as amended in October 2012, we committed, for the benefit of certain debt holders, that we would not repay, redeem or repurchase the 10% Debentures or the related Trust Preferred Securities prior to June 2048 unless we have (1) obtained any required regulatory approval, and (2) raised certain amounts of qualifying equity or equity-like replacement capital at any time after October 10, 2012. The replacement capital covenant benefits holders of our “covered debt” as specified under the terms of the replacement capital covenant. Currently, under the replacement capital covenant, the “covered debt” is the Debentures held by PrivateBancorp Statutory Trust II. In the event that the Company’s 7.125% subordinated debentures due 2042 are designated as or become the covered debt under the replacement capital covenant, the terms of such debentures provide that the Company is authorized to terminate the replacement capital covenant without any further action or payment. We may amend or terminate the replacement capital covenant in certain circumstances without the consent of the holders of the covered debt.

Under current accounting rules, the trusts qualify as variable interest entities for which we are not the primary beneficiary and therefore are ineligible for consolidation in our financial statements. The Debentures issued by us to the trusts are included in our consolidated statements of financial condition as “long-term debt” with the corresponding interest distributions recorded as interest expense. The common shares issued by the trusts and held by us are included in other assets in our consolidated statements of financial condition with the related dividend distributions recorded in other non-interest income.


28


Common Securities, Preferred Securities, and Related Debentures
(Dollars in thousands)
 
 
 
 
Common Securities Issued
 
Trust Preferred Securities
Issued (1)
 
 
 
 
 
Principal Amount of Debentures (1)
 
 
Issuance
Date
 
 
 
Coupon
Rate (2)
 
Maturity
 
September 30,
2016
 
Bloomfield Hills Statutory Trust I
May 2004
 
$
248

 
$
8,000

 
3.51
%
 
June 2034
 
$
8,248

 
PrivateBancorp Statutory Trust II
June 2005
 
1,547

 
50,000

 
2.56
%
 
Sept. 2035
 
51,547

 
PrivateBancorp Statutory Trust III
Dec. 2005
 
1,238

 
40,000

 
2.35
%
 
Dec. 2035
 
41,238

 
PrivateBancorp Capital Trust IV
May 2008
 
5

 
68,750

 
10.00
%
 
June 2068
 
66,607

(3 
) 
Total
 
 
$
3,038

 
$
166,750

 
 
 
 
 
$
167,640

 
(1) 
The Trust Preferred Securities accrue distributions at a rate equal to the interest rate on, and have a redemption date identical to the maturity date of, the corresponding Debentures. The Trust Preferred Securities are subject to mandatory redemption upon repayment of the Debentures at maturity or upon earlier redemption.
(2) 
Reflects the coupon rate in effect at September 30, 2016. The coupon rates for Bloomfield Hills Statutory Trust I, PrivateBancorp Statutory Trust II and PrivateBancorp Statutory Trust III are variable based on three-month LIBOR plus 2.65%, 1.71% and 1.50%, respectively. The coupon rate for PrivateBancorp Capital Trust IV is fixed. Distributions on all Trust Preferred Securities are payable quarterly. We have the right to defer payment of interest on the Debentures at any time or from time to time for a period not exceeding ten years, in the case of the Debentures held by Trust IV, and five years, in the case of all other Debentures, without causing an event of default under the related indenture, provided no extension period may extend beyond the stated maturity of the Debentures. During such extension period, distributions on the Trust Preferred Securities would also be deferred, and our ability to pay dividends on our common stock would generally be prohibited. The Federal Reserve has the ability to prevent interest payments on the Debentures.
(3) 
Net of deferred financing costs of $2.1 million at September 30, 2016.

11. EQUITY

Capital Stock

At September 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015, the Company had authority to issue 180 million shares of capital stock, consisting of one million shares of preferred stock, five million shares of non-voting common stock and 174 million shares of voting common stock. At September 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015, no shares of preferred stock or non-voting common stock were issued or outstanding. The Company had 79.6 million and 79.1 million shares of voting common stock issued and outstanding at September 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively.

The Company reissues treasury stock, when available, or new shares to fulfill its obligation to issue shares granted pursuant to the share-based compensation plans. Treasury shares are reissued at average cost. The Company held no shares in treasury at September 30, 2016 and 2,574 in treasury at December 31, 2015, respectively.


29


Comprehensive Income

Change in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (“AOCI”) by Component
(Amounts in thousands)

 
Nine Months Ended September 30,
 
2016
 
2015
 
Unrealized Gain on Available-for-Sale Securities
 
Accumulated
Gain on Effective
Cash Flow
Hedges
 
Total
 
Unrealized Gain on Available-for-Sale Securities
 
Accumulated
Gain on Effective
Cash Flow
Hedges
 
Total
Balance at beginning of period
$
14,048

 
$
3,211

 
$
17,259

 
$
19,448

 
$
1,469

 
$
20,917

Increase in unrealized gains on securities
21,526

 

 
21,526

 
3,857

 

 
3,857

Increase in unrealized gains on cash flow hedges

 
12,262

 
12,262

 

 
18,387

 
18,387

Tax expense on increase in unrealized gains
(8,187
)
 
(4,725
)
 
(12,912
)
 
(1,536
)
 
(7,139
)
 
(8,675
)
Other comprehensive income before reclassifications
13,339

 
7,537

 
20,876

 
2,321

 
11,248

 
13,569

Reclassification adjustment of net gains included in net income (1)
(1,111
)
 
(5,752
)
 
(6,863
)
 
(918
)
 
(7,643
)
 
(8,561
)
Reclassification adjustment for tax expense on realized net gains (2)
428

 
2,219

 
2,647

 
356

 
2,968

 
3,324

Amounts reclassified from AOCI
(683
)
 
(3,533
)
 
(4,216
)
 
(562
)
 
(4,675
)
 
(5,237
)
Net current period other comprehensive income
12,656

 
4,004

 
16,660

 
1,759

 
6,573

 
8,332

Balance at end of period
$
26,704

 
$
7,215

 
$
33,919

 
$
21,207

 
$
8,042

 
$
29,249

(1) 
The amounts reclassified from AOCI for the available-for-sale securities are reported in net securities gains on the consolidated statements of income, while the amounts reclassified from AOCI for cash flow hedges are included in interest income on loans on the consolidated statements of income. For the nine months ended September 30, 2015, $125,000 was reclassified out of AOCI related to OTTI on available-for-sale securities and included in the consolidated statements of income within net securities gains.
(2) 
The tax expense amounts reclassified from AOCI in connection with the available-for-sale securities reclassification and cash flow hedges reclassification are included in income tax provision on the consolidated statements of income.


30


12. EARNINGS PER COMMON SHARE

Basic and Diluted Earnings per Common Share
(Amounts in thousands, except per share data)

 
Three Months Ended September 30,
 
Nine Months Ended September 30,
 
2016
 
2015
 
2016
 
2015
Basic earnings per common share
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net income
$
48,892

 
$
45,268

 
$
148,809

 
$
133,174

Net income allocated to participating stockholders (1)
(379
)
 
(354
)
 
(1,207
)
 
(1,195
)
Net income allocated to common stockholders
$
48,513

 
$
44,914

 
$
147,602

 
$
131,979

Weighted-average common shares outstanding
79,007

 
78,144

 
78,803

 
77,834

Basic earnings per common share
$
0.61

 
$
0.58

 
$
1.87

 
$
1.70

Diluted earnings per common share
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Diluted earnings applicable to common stockholders (2)
$
48,520

 
$
44,922

 
$
147,623

 
$
131,997

Weighted-average diluted common shares outstanding:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Weighted-average common shares outstanding
79,007

 
78,144

 
78,803

 
77,834

Dilutive effect of stock awards (3)
1,666

 
1,257

 
1,480

 
1,193

Weighted-average diluted common shares outstanding
80,673

 
79,401

 
80,283

 
79,027

Diluted earnings per common share
$
0.60

 
$
0.57

 
$
1.84

 
$
1.67

(1) 
Participating stockholders are those that hold certain share-based payment awards that contain nonforfeitable rights to dividends or dividend equivalents. Such shares or units are considered participating securities (i.e., certain of the Company’s deferred, restricted stock and performance share units, and nonvested restricted stock awards).
(2) 
Net income allocated to common stockholders for basic and diluted earnings per share may differ under the two-class method as a result of adding common stock equivalents for options to dilutive shares outstanding, which alters the ratio used to allocate earnings to common stockholders and participating securities for the purposes of calculating diluted earnings per share.
(3) 
For the three months ended September 30, 2016 and 2015, the weighted-average outstanding non-participating securities of 257,000 and 240,000 shares, respectively, and for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 and 2015, the weighted-average outstanding non-participating securities of 386,000 and 401,000 shares, respectively, were not included in the computation of diluted earnings per common share because their inclusion would have been antidilutive for the periods presented.

13. INCOME TAXES

Income Tax Provision Analysis
(Dollars in thousands)
 
 
Three Months Ended September 30,
 
Nine Months Ended September 30,
 
2016
 
2015
 
2016
 
2015
Income before income taxes
$
75,513

 
$
72,626

 
$
231,100

 
$
213,012

Income tax provision:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Current income tax provision
$
33,675

 
$
32,897

 
$
93,620

 
$
83,128

Deferred income tax benefit
(7,054
)
 
(5,539
)
 
(11,329
)
 
(3,290
)
Total income tax provision
$
26,621

 
$
27,358

 
$
82,291

 
$
79,838

Effective tax rate
35.3
%
 
37.7
%
 
35.6
%
 
37.5
%

Deferred Tax Assets

Net deferred tax assets totaled $103.3 million at September 30, 2016 and $102.2 million at December 31, 2015. Net deferred tax assets are included in other assets in the accompanying consolidated statements of financial condition.


31


At September 30, 2016, we have concluded that it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will be realized and, accordingly, no valuation allowance was recorded. This conclusion was based in part on our recent earnings history, on both a book and tax basis, and our outlook for earnings and taxable income in future periods.

At September 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015, we had $2.5 million and $126,000, respectively, of unrecognized tax benefits relating to uncertain tax positions that, if recognized, would impact the effective tax rate. While it is expected that the amount of unrecognized tax benefits will change in the next twelve months, the Company does not anticipate this change will have a material impact on the results of operations or the financial position of the Company.

14. DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS

We utilize an overall risk management strategy that incorporates the use of derivative instruments to reduce both interest rate risk (relating to mortgage loan commitments and planned sales of loans) and foreign currency risk (relating to certain loans denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar). We also use these instruments to accommodate our clients as we provide them with risk management solutions. None of the client-related and other end-user derivatives, noted in the table below, were designated as hedging instruments for accounting purposes at September 30, 2016, and December 31, 2015.

Notional Amounts and Fair Value of Derivative Instruments
(Amounts in thousands)
 
 
Asset Derivatives
 
Liability Derivatives
 
September 30, 2016
 
December 31, 2015
 
September 30, 2016
 
December 31, 2015
 
Notional
 
Fair
Value
 
Notional
 
Fair
Value
 
Notional
 
Fair
Value
 
Notional
 
Fair
Value
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest rate contracts
$
350,000

 
$
4,624

 
$
675,000

 
$
5,366

 
$

 
$

 
$
125,000

 
$
799

Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Client-related derivatives:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest rate contracts
$
4,266,880

 
$
62,146

 
$
3,933,977

 
$
41,734

 
$
4,266,880

 
$
65,355

 
$
3,933,977

 
$
43,001

Foreign exchange contracts
136,979

 
3,074

 
155,914

 
5,008

 
117,524

 
2,459

 
127,664

 
4,274

Risk participation agreements (1)
61,320

 
13

 
84,216

 
6

 
113,847

 
28

 
111,269

 
27

Total client-related derivatives
 
 
$
65,233

 
 
 
$
46,748

 
 
 
$
67,842

 
 
 
$
47,302

Other end-user derivatives:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Foreign exchange contracts
$
37,901

 
$
974

 
$
28,058

 
$
220

 
$
11,184

 
$
71

 
$
4,486

 
$
3

Mortgage banking derivatives
 
 
210

 
 
 
519

 
 
 
344

 
 
 
181

Warrants
 
 
216

 
 
 

 
 
 

 
 
 

Total other end-user derivatives
 
 
$
1,400

 
 
 
$
739

 
 
 
$
415

 
 
 
$
184

Total derivatives not designated as hedging instruments
 
 
$
66,633

 
 
 
$
47,487

 
 
 
$
68,257

 
 
 
$
47,486

Netting adjustments (2)
 
 
(9,163
)
 
 
 
(12,238
)
 
 
 
(49,021
)
 
 
 
(30,056
)
Total derivatives
 
 
$
62,094

 
 
 
$
40,615

 
 
 
$
19,236

 
 
 
$
18,229

(1) 
The remaining average notional amounts are shown for risk participation agreements.
(2) 
Represents netting of derivative asset and liability balances, and related cash collateral, with the same counterparty subject to master netting agreements. Refer to Note 15 for additional information regarding master netting agreements.

Derivatives expose us to counterparty credit risk. Credit risk is managed through our standard underwriting process. Actual exposures are monitored against various types of credit limits established to contain risk within parameters. Additionally, credit risk is managed through the use of collateral, netting agreements, and the establishment of internal concentration limits by financial institution.

Certain of our derivative contracts contain embedded credit risk contingent features that if triggered allow the derivative counterparty to terminate the derivative or require additional collateral. These contingent features are triggered if we do not meet specified financial performance indicators such as minimum capital ratios under the federal banking agencies’ guidelines. All such

32


requirements were met at September 30, 2016. The fair value of the derivatives with credit contingency features in a net liability position at September 30, 2016 totaled $13.4 million and $14.9 million of collateral was posted for these transactions. If the credit risk contingency features were triggered at September 30, 2016, no additional collateral would be required to be posted to derivative counterparties and $13.4 million in outstanding derivative instruments would be immediately settled.

Derivatives Designated in Hedge Relationships

We use interest rate derivatives to hedge variability in forecasted interest cash flows in our loan portfolio which is comprised primarily of floating-rate loans. These derivatives are designated as cash flow hedges. The objective of our hedging program is to use interest rate derivatives to manage our exposure to interest rate movements.

Cash Flow Hedges – Under our cash flow hedging program, we enter into receive fixed/pay variable interest rate swaps to convert certain floating-rate commercial loan cash flows to fixed-rate to reduce the variability in forecasted interest cash flows due to market interest rate changes. We use regression analysis to assess the effectiveness of cash flow hedges at both the inception of the hedge relationship and on an ongoing basis. Ineffectiveness is generally measured as the amount by which the cumulative change in fair value of the hedging instrument exceeds the present value of the cumulative change in the expected cash flows of the hedged item. Measured ineffectiveness is recognized directly in other non-interest income in the consolidated statements of income. During the nine months ended September 30, 2016, there were no gains or losses from cash flow hedge derivatives related to ineffectiveness that were reclassified to current earnings. The effective portion of the gains or losses on cash flow hedges are recorded, net of tax, in AOCI and are subsequently reclassified to interest income on loans in the period that the hedged interest cash flows affect earnings. As of September 30, 2016, the maximum length of time over which forecasted interest cash flows are hedged is approximately four years. As of September 30, 2016, $3.0 million in net deferred gains, net of tax, recorded in AOCI are expected to be reclassified into earnings during the next twelve months. This amount could differ from amounts actually recognized due to changes in interest rates, hedge de-designations, and the addition of other hedges subsequent to September 30, 2016. There are no components of derivative gains or losses excluded from the assessment of hedge effectiveness related to our cash flow hedge strategy.

During the nine months ended September 30, 2016, there were no gains or losses from cash flow hedge derivatives reclassified to current earnings because it became probable that the original forecasted transaction would not occur. Refer to Note 11 for additional information regarding the changes in AOCI related to the interest rate swaps designated as cash flow hedges.

Derivatives Not Designated in Hedge Relationships

Client-Related Derivatives – We offer, through our capital markets group, over-the-counter interest rate and foreign exchange derivatives to our clients, including but not limited to, interest rate swaps, interest rate options (also referred to as caps, floors, collars, etc.), foreign exchange forwards and options, as well as cash products such as foreign exchange spot transactions. When our clients enter into an interest rate or foreign exchange derivative transaction with us, we mitigate our exposure to market risk through the execution of off-setting positions with inter-bank dealer counterparties. Although the off-setting nature of transactions originated by our capital markets group limits our market risk exposure, they do expose us to other risks including counterparty credit, settlement, and operational risk.

To accommodate our loan clients, we occasionally enter into risk participation agreements (“RPAs”) with counterparty banks to either accept or transfer a portion of the credit risk related to their interest rate derivatives or transfer a portion of the credit risk related to our interest rate derivatives. This allows clients to execute an interest rate derivative with one bank while allowing for distribution of the credit risk among participating members. We have entered into written RPAs in which we accept a portion of the credit risk associated with an interest rate derivative of another bank’s loan client in exchange for a fee. We manage this credit risk through our loan underwriting process, and when appropriate, the RPA is backed by collateral provided by the clients under their loan agreement.

The current payment/performance risk of written RPAs is assessed using internal risk ratings which range from 1 to 8 with the latter representing the highest credit risk. The risk rating is based on several factors including the financial condition of the RPA’s underlying derivative counterparty, present economic conditions, performance trends, leverage, and liquidity.

The maximum potential amount of future undiscounted payments that we could be required to make under our written RPAs assumes that the underlying derivative counterparty defaults and that the floating interest rate index of the underlying derivative remains at zero percent. In the event that we would have to pay out any amounts under our RPAs, we will seek to maximize the recovery of these amounts from assets that our clients pledged as collateral for the derivative and the related loan.


33


Risk Participation Agreements
(Dollars in thousands)
 
 
September 30,
2016
 
December 31,
2015
Fair value of written RPAs
$
28

 
$
27

Range of remaining terms to maturity (in years)
Less than 1 to 5

 
Less than 1 to 5

Range of assigned internal risk ratings
2 to 7

 
2 to 7

Maximum potential amount of future undiscounted payments
$
4,517

 
$
3,937

Percent of maximum potential amount of future undiscounted payments covered by proceeds from liquidation of pledged collateral
64
%
 
43
%

Other End-User Derivatives – We use forward commitments to sell to-be-announced securities and other commitments to sell residential mortgage loans at specified prices to economically hedge the change in fair value of customer interest rate lock commitments and residential mortgage loans held-for-sale. The forward commitments to sell and the interest rate lock commitments are considered derivatives. At September 30, 2016, the par value of our residential mortgage loans held-for-sale totaled $28.3 million, the notional value of our interest rate lock commitments totaled $54.8 million, and the notional value of our forward commitments to sell totaled $99.6 million.

We are also exposed at times to foreign exchange risk as a result of originating loans in which the principal and interest are settled in a currency other than U.S. dollars. As of September 30, 2016, our exposure was to the Euro, Canadian dollar, Danish kroner, British pound and Australian dollar on $43.8 million of loans. We manage this risk using forward currency derivatives.

Additionally, in connection with certain negotiated credit facilities, we receive warrants to acquire stock in privately-held client companies and are considered derivatives under current accounting standards. As of September 30, 2016, warrants totaled $216,000.

Gain (Loss) Recognized on Derivative Instruments
Not Designated in Hedging Relationship
(Amounts in thousands)
 
 
Location in Consolidated Statement of Income
 
Three Months Ended September 30,
 
Nine Months Ended September 30,
 
 
 
2016
 
2015
 
2016
 
2015
Gain on client-related derivatives:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest rate contracts
Capital markets income
 
$
3,705

 
$
1,190

 
$
11,135

 
$
6,089

Foreign exchange contracts
Capital markets income
 
1,740

 
1,920

 
5,357

 
6,023

RPAs
Capital markets income
 
3

 
(12
)
 
7

 
77

Total client-related derivatives
 
 
$
5,448

 
$
3,098

 
$
16,499

 
$
12,189

Gain (loss) on end-user derivatives:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Foreign exchange contracts
Other income, service and charges income
 
$
479

 
$
558

 
$
2,337

 
$
1,108

Mortgage banking derivatives
Mortgage banking income
 
(85
)
 
(466
)
 
(1,165
)
 
(125
)
Warrants
Other income, service and charges income
 
(8
)
 

 
26

 

Total end-user derivatives
 
 
$
386

 
$
92

 
$
1,198

 
$
983

Total net gain recognized on derivatives not designated in hedging relationship
 
 
$
5,834

 
$
3,190

 
$
17,697

 
$
13,172


15. BALANCE SHEET OFFSETTING

Master Netting Agreements

Certain financial instruments, including repurchase agreements, securities lending arrangements and derivatives, may be eligible for offset in the consolidated balance sheet and/or subject to enforceable master netting or similar agreements. Authoritative

34


accounting guidance permits the netting of financial assets and liabilities when a legally enforceable master netting agreement exists between us and a counterparty. A master netting agreement is an agreement between two counterparties who have multiple financial contracts with each other that provide for the net settlement of contracts through a single payment, in a single currency, in the event of default on or termination of any one contract. For those financial instruments subject to enforceable master netting agreements, assets and liabilities, and related cash collateral, with the same counterparty are reported on a net basis within the assets and liabilities on the consolidated statements of financial condition.

Derivative contracts may require us to provide or receive cash or financial instrument collateral. Collateral associated with derivative assets and liabilities subject to enforceable master netting agreements with the same counterparty is posted on a net basis. We have pledged cash or financial collateral in accordance with each counterparty’s collateral posting requirements for all of the Company’s derivative assets and liabilities in a net liability position as of September 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015. Certain collateral posting requirements are subject to posting thresholds and minimum transfer amounts, such that we are only required to post collateral once the posting threshold is met, and any adjustments to the amount of collateral posted must meet minimum transfer amounts.

As of September 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015, $39.9 million and $17.8 million of cash collateral pledged, respectively, was netted with the related financial liabilities on the consolidated statements of financial condition. To the extent not netted against fair values under a master netting agreement, the excess collateral received or pledged is included in other short-term borrowings or other investments, respectively. There was no excess cash collateral pledged at September 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015. Any securities pledged to counterparties as financial instrument collateral remain on the consolidated statements of financial condition as long as we do not default.


35


The following table presents information about our financial assets and liabilities and the related collateral by derivative type (e.g., interest rate contracts). As we post collateral with counterparties on the basis of our net position in all financial contracts with a given counterparty, the information presented below aggregates the financial contracts entered into with the same counterparty.

Offsetting of Financial Assets and Liabilities
(Amounts in thousands)

 
Gross Amounts of Recognized Assets / Liabilities
 
Gross Amounts Offset (2)
 
Net Amount Presented on the Statement of Financial Condition
 
Gross Amounts Not Offset on the Statement of Financial Condition (3)
 
Net Amount
 
 
 
 
Financial Instruments (4)
 
Cash Collateral
 
As of September 30, 2016
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Derivatives (1):
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest rate contracts
$
66,770

 
$
(7,273
)
 
$
59,497

 
$

 
$

 
$
59,497

Foreign exchange contracts
2,074

 
(1,849
)
 
225

 

 

 
225

RPAs
13

 

 
13

 

 

 
13

Mortgage banking derivatives
41

 
(41
)
 

 

 

 

Total derivatives subject to a master netting agreement
68,898

 
(9,163
)
 
59,735

 

 

 
59,735

Total derivatives not subject to a master netting agreement
2,359

 

 
2,359

 

 

 
2,359

Total derivatives
$
71,257

 
$
(9,163
)
 
$
62,094

 
$

 
$

 
$
62,094

Financial liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Derivatives (1):
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest rate contracts
$
65,355

 
$
(48,074
)
 
$
17,281

 
$
(14,673
)
 
$

 
$
2,608

Foreign exchange contracts
2,254

 
(906
)
 
1,348

 
(1,144
)
 

 
204

RPAs
28

 

 
28

 
(24
)
 

 
4

Mortgage banking derivatives
171

 
(41
)
 
130

 

 

 
130

Total derivatives subject to a master netting agreement
67,808

 
(49,021
)
 
18,787

 
(15,841
)
 

 
2,946

Total derivatives not subject to a master netting agreement
449

 

 
449

 

 

 
449

Total derivatives
$
68,257

 
$
(49,021
)
 
$
19,236

 
$
(15,841
)
 
$

 
$
3,395

(1) 
All derivative contracts are over-the-counter contracts.
(2) 
Represents financial instrument and related cash collateral entered into with the same counterparty and subject to a master netting agreement.
(3) 
Collateralization is determined at the counterparty level. If overcollateralization exists, the amount shown is limited to the fair value of the financial instrument.
(4) 
Financial instruments are disclosed at fair value. Financial instrument collateral is allocated pro-rata amongst the derivative liabilities to which it relates.


36


Offsetting of Financial Assets and Liabilities (Continued)
(Amounts in thousands)

 
Gross Amounts of Recognized Assets / Liabilities
 
Gross Amounts Offset (2)
 
Net Amount Presented on the Statement of Financial Condition
 
Gross Amounts Not Offset on the Statement of Financial Condition (3)
 
Net Amount
 
 
 
 
Financial Instruments (4)
 
Cash Collateral
 
As of December 31, 2015
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Derivatives (1):
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest rate contracts
$
47,100

 
$
(8,970
)
 
$
38,130

 
$
(55
)
 
$

 
$
38,075

Foreign exchange contracts
4,059

 
(3,254
)
 
805

 
(88
)
 

 
717

RPAs
6

 

 
6

 

 

 
6

Mortgage banking derivatives
34

 
(14
)
 
20

 

 

 
20

Total derivatives subject to a master netting agreement
51,199

 
(12,238
)
 
38,961

 
(143
)
 

 
38,818

Total derivatives not subject to a master netting agreement
1,654

 

 
1,654

 

 

 
1,654

Total derivatives
$
52,853

 
$
(12,238
)
 
$
40,615

 
$
(143
)
 
$

 
$
40,472

Financial liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Derivatives (1):
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest rate contracts
$
43,800

 
$
(28,574
)
 
$
15,226

 
$
(10,475
)
 
$

 
$
4,751

Foreign exchange contracts
2,287

 
(1,458
)
 
829

 
(570
)
 

 
259

RPAs
27

 
(10
)
 
17

 
(12
)
 

 
5

Mortgage banking derivatives
14

 
(14
)
 

 

 

 

Total derivatives subject to a master netting agreement
46,128

 
(30,056
)
 
16,072

 
(11,057
)
 

 
5,015

Total derivatives not subject to a master netting agreement
2,157

 

 
2,157

 

 

 
2,157

Total derivatives
$
48,285

 
$
(30,056
)
 
$
18,229

 
$
(11,057
)
 
$

 
$
7,172

(1) 
All derivative contracts are over-the-counter contracts.
(2) 
Represents financial instrument and related cash collateral entered into with the same counterparty and subject to a master netting agreement.
(3) 
Collateralization is determined at the counterparty level. If overcollateralization exists, the amount shown is limited to the fair value of the financial instrument.
(4) 
Financial instruments are disclosed at fair value. Financial instrument collateral is allocated pro-rata amongst the derivative liabilities to which it relates.

16. COMMITMENTS, GUARANTEES, AND CONTINGENT LIABILITIES

Credit Extension Commitments and Guarantees

In the normal course of business, we enter into a variety of financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk to meet the financing needs of our clients and to conduct lending activities. These instruments principally include commitments to extend credit, standby letters of credit, and commercial letters of credit. These instruments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit and liquidity risk in excess of the amounts reflected in the consolidated statements of financial condition.


37


Contractual or Notional Amounts of Financial Instruments (1) 
(Amounts in thousands)
 
 
September 30,
2016
 
December 31,
2015
Commitments to extend credit:
 
 
 
Home equity lines
$
15,716

 
$
1,338

Credit card lines
5,761

 

Residential 1-4 family construction
94,020

 
47,504

Commercial real estate, other construction, and land development
1,452,895

 
1,321,123

Commercial and industrial
3,589,204

 
4,191,895

All other commitments
923,792

 
508,096

Total commitments to extend credit
$
6,081,388

 
$
6,069,956

Letters of credit:
 
 
 
Financial standby
$
334,496

 
$
365,760

Performance standby
42,130

 
38,264

Commercial letters of credit
5,223

 
3,999

Total letters of credit
$
381,849

 
$
408,023

(1) 
Includes covered loan commitments of $9.7 million as of September 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015.

Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend funds to, or issue letters of credit for the account of, a client as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the credit agreement. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and variable interest rates tied to the prime rate or LIBOR and may require payment of a fee for the unused portion of the commitment or for the amounts issued but not drawn on letters of credit. All or a portion of unfunded commitments require regulatory capital support, except for unfunded commitments of less than one year that are unconditionally cancellable. Since many of our commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements of the borrowers. As of September 30, 2016, we had a reserve for unfunded commitments of $15.6 million, which reflects our estimate of inherent losses associated with these commitment obligations. The balance of this reserve changes based on a number of factors, including the balance of outstanding commitments and our assessment of the likelihood of borrowers to utilize these commitments. The reserve is recorded in other liabilities in the consolidated statements of financial condition.

Standby and commercial letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by us to guarantee the performance of a client to a third party. Standby letters of credit include performance and financial guarantees for clients in connection with contracts between our clients and third parties. Standby letters of credit are agreements where we are obligated to make payment to a third party on behalf of a client in the event the client fails to meet their contractual obligations. Commercial letters of credit are issued specifically to facilitate commerce and typically result in the commitment being drawn upon when the underlying transaction is consummated between the client and the third party. In most cases, the Company receives a fee for the amount of a letter of credit issued but not drawn upon.

In the event of a client’s nonperformance, our credit loss exposure is equal to the contractual amount of those commitments. We manage this credit risk in a similar manner to evaluating credit risk in extending loans to clients under our credit policies. We use the same credit policies in making credit commitments as for on-balance sheet instruments, mitigating exposure to credit loss through various collateral requirements, if deemed necessary. In the event of nonperformance by the clients, we have rights to the underlying collateral, which could include CRE, physical plant and property, inventory, receivables, cash and marketable securities.

The maximum potential future payments guaranteed by us under standby letters of credit arrangements are equal to the contractual amount of the commitment. The unamortized fees associated with standby letters of credit, which are included in other liabilities in the consolidated statements of financial condition, totaled $2.4 million as of September 30, 2016. We amortize these amounts into income over the commitment period. As of September 30, 2016, standby letters of credit had a remaining weighted-average term of approximately 15 months, with remaining actual lives ranging from less than 1 year to 6 years.


38


Other Commitments

The Company has unfunded commitments to CRA investments and other investment partnerships totaling $40.3 million at September 30, 2016. Of these commitments, $29.7 million related to legally-binding unfunded commitments for tax-credit investments and was included within other assets and other liabilities on the consolidated statements of financial condition.

Credit Card Settlement Guarantees

Our third-party corporate credit card provider issues corporate purchase credit cards on behalf of our commercial clients. The corporate purchase credit cards are issued to employees of certain of our commercial clients at the client’s direction and used for payment of business-related expenses. In most circumstances, these cards will be underwritten by our third-party provider. However, in certain circumstances, we may enter into a recourse agreement, which transfers the credit risk from the third-party provider to us in the event that the client fails to meet its financial payment obligation. In these circumstances, a total maximum exposure amount is established for our corporate client. In addition to the obligations presented in the prior table, the maximum potential future payments guaranteed by us under this third-party settlement guarantee were $18.8 million at September 30, 2016.

We believe that the estimated amounts of maximum potential future payments are not representative of our actual potential loss given our insignificant historical losses from this third-party settlement guarantee program. As of September 30, 2016, we had no recorded contingent liability in the consolidated financial statements for this settlement guarantee program, and management believes that the probability of any loss under this arrangement is remote.

Mortgage Loans Sold with Recourse

Certain mortgage loans sold in the secondary market have limited recourse provisions. The losses for the three months and nine months ended September 30, 2016 and 2015, arising from limited recourse provisions were not material. Based on this experience, the Company has not established any liability for potential future losses relating to mortgage loans sold in prior periods.

Legal Proceedings

Since the announcement of the proposed transaction with CIBC, three stockholders of the Company have filed separate putative class actions on behalf of our public stockholders in the Cook County Circuit Court, Chicago, Illinois. The three actions have been consolidated and styled In re PrivateBancorp, Inc. Shareholder Litigation, 2016-CH-08949. All of the actions name as defendants the Company and each of its directors individually. The complaints assert that the directors breached their fiduciary duties in connection with the proposed transaction. Two of the complaints are also brought against CIBC and assert that the Company and CIBC aided and abetted the directors’ alleged breaches. The actions broadly allege that the transaction was the result of a flawed process, that the price is unfair, and that certain provisions of the merger agreement might dissuade a potential suitor from making a competing offer, among other things. The plaintiffs subsequently filed an amended complaint, adding a claim alleging breaches of the fiduciary duty of disclosure by the directors. Plaintiffs seek injunctive relief, including damages. The plaintiffs in the three actions recently have agreed in principle not to pursue the actions as a result of the inclusion of certain additional disclosures in the proxy statement for the Company’s special meeting of stockholders. The defendants, including the Company, believe the demands and complaints are without merit and there are substantial legal and factual defenses to the claims asserted.

As of September 30, 2016, and in the ordinary course of business, there were various other legal proceedings pending against the Company and our subsidiaries that are incidental to our regular business operations. Management does not believe that the outcome of any of these proceedings will have, individually or in the aggregate, a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.

17. ESTIMATED FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

We measure, monitor, and disclose certain of our assets and liabilities on a fair value basis. Fair value is used on a recurring basis to account for securities available-for-sale, mortgage loans held-for-sale, derivative assets, derivative liabilities, and certain other assets and other liabilities. In addition, fair value is used on a nonrecurring basis to apply lower-of-cost-or-market accounting to foreclosed real estate and certain other loans held-for-sale, evaluate assets or liabilities for impairment, including collateral-dependent impaired loans, and for disclosure purposes. Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Depending on the nature of the asset or liability, we use various valuation techniques and input assumptions when estimating fair value.

U.S. GAAP requires us to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value and establishes a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs used to measure fair value into three broad levels based

39


on the reliability of the input assumptions. The hierarchy gives the highest priority to level 1 measurements and the lowest priority to level 3 measurements. The three levels of the fair value hierarchy are defined as follows:

Level 1 – Unadjusted quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities traded in active markets.
Level 2 – Observable inputs other than level 1 prices, such as quoted prices for similar instruments; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the asset or liability.
Level 3 – Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities.

The categorization of where an asset or liability falls within the hierarchy is based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement.

Valuation Methodology

We believe our valuation methods are appropriate and consistent with other market participants. However, the use of different methodologies or assumptions to determine the fair value of certain financial instruments could result in a different estimate of fair value. Additionally, the methods used may produce a fair value calculation that may not be indicative of net realizable value or reflective of future fair values.

The following describes the valuation methodologies we use for assets and liabilities measured at fair value, including the general classification of the assets and liabilities pursuant to the valuation hierarchy.

Securities Available-for-Sale – Securities available-for-sale include U.S. Treasury, U.S. Agencies, collateralized mortgage obligations, residential mortgage-backed securities, state and municipal securities, and foreign sovereign debt. Substantially all available-for-sale securities are fixed-income instruments that are not quoted on an exchange, but may be traded in active markets. The fair value of these securities is based on quoted market prices obtained from external pricing services. The principal markets for our securities portfolio are the secondary institutional markets, with an exit price that is predominantly reflective of bid level pricing in those markets. U.S. Treasury securities have been classified in level 1 of the valuation hierarchy. All other remaining securities are generally classified in level 2 of the valuation hierarchy. In cases where significant credit valuation adjustments are incorporated into the estimation of fair value, reported amounts are classified as level 3. On a quarterly basis, the Company uses a variety of methods to validate the overall reasonableness of the fair values obtained from external pricing services, including evaluating pricing service inputs and methodologies, using exception reports based on analytical criteria, comparing prices obtained to prices received from other pricing sources, and reviewing the reasonableness of prices based on the Company’s knowledge of market liquidity and other market-related conditions.

Mortgage Loans Held-for-Sale – Mortgage loans held-for-sale represent residential mortgage loan originations intended to be sold in the secondary market. We have elected the fair value option for residential mortgage loans originated with the intention of selling to a third party. The election of the fair value option aligns the accounting for these loans with the related mortgage banking derivatives used to economically hedge them. These mortgage loans are measured at fair value as of each reporting date, with changes in fair value recognized through mortgage banking non-interest income. The fair value of mortgage loans held-for-sale is determined based on prices obtained for loans with similar characteristics from third-party sources. On a quarterly basis, the Company validates the overall reasonableness of the fair values obtained from third-party sources by comparing prices obtained to prices received from various other pricing sources, and reviewing the reasonableness of prices based on Company knowledge of market liquidity and other market-related conditions. Mortgage loans held-for-sale are classified in level 2 of the valuation hierarchy.

Residential Real Estate Loans Fair Value Option – Residential real estate loans fair value option represent residential real estate loans that originated as held-for-sale and subsequently transferred to loans held for investment. Similar to the mortgage loans held-for-sale, we have elected the fair value option for these loans. These residential real estate loans are measured at fair value as of each reporting date, with changes in fair value recognized through mortgage banking non-interest income. The fair value of these residential real estate loans is determined based on prices obtained for loans with similar characteristics from third-party sources. On a quarterly basis, the Company validates the overall reasonableness of the fair values obtained from third-party sources by comparing prices obtained to prices received from various other pricing sources, and reviewing the reasonableness of prices based on Company knowledge of market liquidity and other market-related conditions. Residential real estate loans fair value option are classified in level 2 of the valuation hierarchy.


40


Collateral-Dependent Impaired Loans – We do not record loans held for investment at fair value on a recurring basis. However, periodically, we record nonrecurring adjustments to reduce the carrying value of certain impaired loans based on fair value measurement. This population of impaired loans includes those for which repayment of the loan is expected to be provided solely by the underlying collateral. We measure the fair value of collateral-dependent impaired loans based on the fair value of the collateral securing these loans less estimated selling costs. A majority of collateral-dependent impaired loans are secured by real estate with the fair value generally determined based upon appraisals performed by a certified or licensed appraiser using a combination of valuation techniques such as sales comparison, income capitalization and cost approach and include inputs such as absorption rates, capitalization rates and comparables. We also consider other factors or recent developments that could result in adjustments to the collateral value estimates indicated in the appraisals. When a collateral-dependent loan is secured by non-real estate collateral such as receivables, inventory, or equipment, the fair value is generally determined based upon appraisals, field exams, or receivable reports. The valuation techniques and inputs are reviewed internally by an asset-based specialist for reasonableness of estimated liquidation costs, collectability probabilities, and other market data. Accordingly, fair value estimates for collateral-dependent impaired loans are classified in level 3 of the valuation hierarchy. The carrying value of all impaired loans and the related specific reserves are disclosed in Note 4.

At the time a collateral-dependent loan is initially determined to be impaired, we review the existing appraisal. If the most recent appraisal is greater than one-year old, a new appraisal of the underlying collateral is obtained. For collateral-dependent impaired loans that are secured by real estate, we generally obtain “as is” appraisal values to evaluate impairment. When a collateral-dependent loan is secured by non-real estate collateral such as receivables, inventory, or equipment, the fair value is generally determined based on appraisals, field exams, or receivable reports. The valuation techniques and inputs are reviewed internally by workout and/or asset-based specialists for reasonableness of estimated liquidation costs, collectability probabilities, and other market data. Appraisals for real estate collateral-dependent impaired loans in excess of $500,000 are updated with new independent appraisals at least annually and are formally reviewed by our internal appraisal department. Additional diligence is performed at the six-month interval between annual appraisals. If during the course of the six-month review process there is evidence supporting a meaningful decline in the value of collateral, the appraised value is either adjusted downward or a new appraisal is required to support the value of the impaired loan. As part of our internal review process, we consider other factors or recent developments that could adjust the valuations indicated in the appraisals or internal reviews. The Company’s internal appraisal review process validates the reasonableness of appraisals in conjunction with analyzing sales and market data from an array of market sources.

Covered Asset OREO and OREO – Covered asset OREO and OREO generated from our originated book of business are valued on a nonrecurring basis using third-party appraisals of each property and our judgment of other relevant market conditions and are classified in level 3 of the valuation hierarchy. As part of our internal review process, we consider other factors or recent developments that could adjust the valuations indicated in the appraisals or internal reviews. Updated appraisals on both OREO portfolios are typically obtained every twelve months and evaluated internally at least every six months. In addition, both property-specific and market-specific factors as well as collateral type factors are taken into consideration, which may result in obtaining more frequent appraisal updates or internal assessments. Appraisals are conducted by third-party independent appraisers under internal direction and engagement using a combination of valuation techniques such as sales comparison, income capitalization and cost approach and include inputs such as absorption rates, capitalization rate and comparables. Any appraisal with a value in excess of $250,000 is subject to a compliance review. Appraisals received with a value in excess of $1.0 million are subject to a technical review. Appraisals are either reviewed internally by our appraisal department or sent to an outside technical firm if appropriate. Both levels of review involve a scope appropriate for the complexity and risk associated with the OREO. To validate the reasonableness of the appraisals obtained, the Company compares the appraised value to the actual sales price of properties sold and analyzes the reasons why a property may be sold for less than its appraised value.

Derivative Assets and Derivative Liabilities – Derivative instruments with positive fair values are reported as an asset and derivative instruments with negative fair value are reported as liabilities, in both cases after taking into account the effects of master netting agreements. For derivative counterparties, we measure nonperformance risk on the basis of each exposure to the counterparty. The fair value of derivative assets and liabilities is determined based on prices obtained from third-party advisors using standardized industry models, or based on quoted market prices obtained from external pricing services. Many factors affect derivative values, including the level of interest rates, the market’s perception of our nonperformance risk as reflected in our credit spread, and our assessment of counterparty nonperformance risk. The nonperformance risk assessment is based on our evaluation of credit risk, or if available, on observable external assessments of credit risk. Values of derivative assets and liabilities are primarily based on observable inputs and are classified in level 2 of the valuation hierarchy, with the exception of certain client-related derivatives, RPAs, interest rate lock commitments and warrants, as discussed below. On a quarterly basis, the Company uses a variety of methods to validate the overall reasonableness of the fair values obtained from third-party advisors, including evaluating inputs and methodologies used by the third-party advisors, comparing prices obtained to prices received from other pricing sources, and reviewing the reasonableness of prices based on the Company’s knowledge of market liquidity and other market-related conditions. While we may challenge valuation inputs used in determining prices obtained from third parties based on our validation procedures,

41


during the three months ended September 30, 2016 and 2015, we did not alter the fair values ultimately provided by the third-party advisors.

Level 3 derivatives include RPAs, derivatives associated with clients whose loans are risk rated 6 or higher (“watch list derivative”), interest rate lock commitments and warrants. Refer to “Credit Quality Indicators” in Note 4 for further discussion of risk ratings. For the level 3 RPAs, watch list derivatives, the Company obtains prices from third-party advisors, consistent with the valuation processes employed for the Company’s derivatives classified in level 2 of the fair value hierarchy, and then applies loss factors to adjust the prices obtained from third-party advisors. The significant unobservable inputs that are employed in the valuation process for the RPAs and watch list derivatives that cause these derivatives to be classified in level 3 of the fair value hierarchy are the historic loss factors specific to the particular industry segment and risk rating category. The loss factors are updated quarterly and are derived and aligned with the loss factors utilized in the calculation of the Company’s general reserve component of the allowance for loan losses. Changes in the fair value measurement of RPAs and watch list derivatives are largely due to changes in the fair value of the derivative, risk rating adjustments and fluctuations in the pertinent historic average loss rate. For the interest rate lock commitments on mortgage loans, the fair value is based on prices obtained for loans with similar characteristics from third-party sources, adjusted for the probability that the interest rate lock commitment will fund (the “pull-through” rate). The significant unobservable input that causes these derivatives to be classified in level 3 of the fair value hierarchy is the pull-through rate. Pull-through rates are derived using the Company’s historical data and reflect the Company’s best estimate of the likelihood that a committed loan will ultimately fund. Significant increases in this input in isolation would result in a significantly higher fair value measurement and significant decreases would result in a significantly lower fair value measurement. The fair value of our warrants to acquire stock in privately-held client companies is based on a Black-Scholes option pricing model that estimates the asset value by using stated strike prices, estimated stock prices, option expiration dates, risk-free interest rates based on a duration-matched U.S. Treasury rate, and option volatility assumptions. The significant unobservable inputs that cause these derivatives to be classified in level 3 of the fair value hierarchy are the estimated stock prices, adjustments to the option expiration dates, and option volatility assumptions. The estimated stock prices are based on the most recent valuation of the privately-held client company, adjusted as deemed appropriate for changes in relevant market conditions. Option expiration dates are modified to account for the estimated actual remaining life relative to the stated expiration of the warrants. The option volatility assumptions are based on the volatility of publicly-traded companies that operate in similar industries as the privately-held client companies. Significant increases in these inputs in isolation would result in a significantly higher fair value measurement and significant decreases would result in a significantly lower fair value measurement.


42


Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis

The following table presents the hierarchy level and fair value for each major category of assets and liabilities measured at fair value at September 30, 2016, and December 31, 2015 on a recurring basis.

Fair Value Measurements on a Recurring Basis
(Amounts in thousands)
 
 
September 30, 2016
 
December 31, 2015
 
Quoted
Prices in
Active
Markets for
Identical
Assets
(Level 1)
 
Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
 
Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
 
Total
 
Quoted
Prices in
Active
Markets for
Identical
Assets
(Level 1)
 
Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
 
Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
 
Total
Assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Securities available-for sale:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. Treasury
$
477,601

 
$

 
$

 
$
477,601

 
$
321,651

 
$

 
$

 
$
321,651

U.S. Agencies

 
46,556

 

 
46,556

 

 
46,098

 

 
46,098

Collateralized mortgage obligations

 
82,265

 

 
82,265

 

 
99,972

 

 
99,972

Residential mortgage-backed securities

 
878,963

 

 
878,963

 

 
829,855

 

 
829,855

State and municipal securities

 
475,714

 

 
475,714

 

 
467,160

 
630

 
467,790

Total securities available-for-sale
477,601

 
1,483,498

 

 
1,961,099

 
321,651

 
1,443,085

 
630

 
1,765,366

Mortgage loans held-for-sale

 
28,492

 

 
28,492

 

 
35,704

 

 
35,704

Residential real estate loans (1)

 
1,050

 

 
1,050

 

 

 

 

Derivative assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest rate contract derivatives designated as hedging instruments

 
4,624

 

 
4,624

 

 
5,366

 

 
5,366

Client-related derivatives

 
64,514

 
719

 
65,233

 

 
46,342

 
406

 
46,748

Other end-user derivatives

 
1,015

 
385

 
1,400

 

 
254

 
485

 
739

Netting adjustments

 
(9,163
)
 

 
(9,163
)
 

 
(12,167
)
 
(71
)
 
(12,238
)
Total derivative assets

 
60,990

 
1,104

 
62,094

 

 
39,795

 
820

 
40,615

Total assets
$
477,601

 
$
1,574,030

 
$
1,104

 
$
2,052,735

 
$
321,651

 
$
1,518,584

 
$
1,450

 
$
1,841,685

Liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Derivative liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest rate contract derivatives designated as hedging instruments
$

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$
799

 
$

 
$
799

Client-related derivatives

 
67,814

 
28

 
67,842

 

 
47,204

 
98

 
47,302

Other end-user derivatives

 
242

 
173

 
415

 

 
17

 
167

 
184

Netting adjustments

 
(49,021
)
 

 
(49,021
)
 

 
(29,974
)
 
(82
)
 
(30,056
)
Total derivative liabilities
$

 
$
19,035

 
$
201

 
$
19,236

 
$

 
$
18,046

 
$
183

 
$
18,229

(1) 
Represents loans accounted for under the fair value option.

If a change in valuation techniques or input assumptions for an asset or liability occurred between periods, we would consider whether this would result in a transfer between the three levels of the fair value hierarchy. There have been no transfers of assets or liabilities between level 1 and level 2 of the valuation hierarchy between December 31, 2015 and September 30, 2016.

There have been no other changes in the valuation techniques we used for assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis from December 31, 2015 to September 30, 2016.

43



Reconciliation of Beginning and Ending Fair Value for Those
Fair Value Measurements Using Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3) (1) 
(Amounts in thousands)
 
 
2016
 
2015
 
Available- for-Sale Securities
 
Derivative
Assets
 
Derivative
(Liabilities)
 
Available- for-Sale Securities
 
Derivative
Assets
 
Derivative
(Liabilities)
Three Months Ended September 30
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance at beginning of period
$

 
$
1,000

 
$
(628
)
 
$

 
$
1,081

 
$
(295
)
Total gains (losses) included in earnings (2)

 
272

 
(288
)
 

 
479

 
(406
)
Purchases, issuances, sales and settlements:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Issuances

 
293

 

 

 
297

 

Settlements

 
(959
)
 
715

 

 
(976
)
 
289

Transfers into Level 3 (out of Level 2) (3)

 
500

 

 
971

 
265

 

Transfers out of Level 3 (into Level 2) (3)

 
(2
)
 

 

 
(1
)
 

Balance at end of period
$

 
$
1,104

 
$
(201
)
 
$
971

 
$
1,145

 
$
(412
)
Change in unrealized gains in earnings relating to assets and liabilities still held at end of period
$

 
$
(15
)
 
$
(5
)
 
$

 
$
176

 
$
109

Nine Months Ended September 30
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance at beginning of period
$
630

 
$
891

 
$
(265
)
 
$

 
$
2,198

 
$
(1,477
)
Total gains (losses) included in earnings (2)
30

 
1,608

 
(1,402
)
 

 
237

 
(107
)
Purchases, issuances, sales and settlements:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Issuances

 
1,555

 

 

 
802

 

Settlements
(660
)
 
(3,332
)
 
1,389

 

 
(2,339
)
 
873

Transfers into Level 3 (out of Level 2) (3)

 
526

 

 
971

 
1,433

 
(160
)
Transfers out of Level 3 (into Level 2) (3)

 
(144
)
 
77

 

 
(1,186
)
 
459

Balance at end of period
$

 
$
1,104

 
$
(201
)
 
$
971

 
$
1,145

 
$
(412
)
Change in unrealized gains in earnings relating to assets and liabilities still held at end of period
$

 
$
160

 
$

 
$

 
$
429

 
$
147

(1) 
Fair value is presented prior to giving effect to netting adjustments.
(2) 
Amounts disclosed in this line are included in the consolidated statements of income as capital markets products income for derivatives and mortgage banking income for interest rate lock commitments.
(3) 
Transfers in and transfers out are recognized at the end of each quarterly reporting period. In general, derivative assets and liabilities are transferred into Level 3 from Level 2 due to a lack of observable market data, as there was deterioration in the credit risk of the derivative counterparty. Conversely, derivative assets and liabilities are transferred out of Level 3 into Level 2 due to an improvement in the credit risk of the derivative counterparty.


44


Financial Instruments Recorded Using the Fair Value Option

Difference Between Aggregate Fair Value and Aggregate Remaining Principal Balance
for Loans Elected to be Carried at Fair Value
(Amounts in thousands)
 
 
Aggregate Fair Value
 
Aggregate Unpaid Principal Balance
 
Difference (1)
September 30, 2016
 
 
 
 
 
Mortgage loans held-for-sale
$
28,492

 
$
28,347

 
$
145

Residential real estate loans fair value option
1,050

 
997

 
53

 
 
 
 
 
 
December 31, 2015
 
 
 
 
 
Mortgage loans held-for-sale
$
35,704

 
$
36,005

 
$
(301
)
(1) 
The change in fair value is reflected in mortgage banking non-interest income.

As of September 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015, none of the mortgage loans held-for-sale or residential real estate loans fair value option were on nonaccrual or 90 days or more past due and still accruing interest. Changes in fair value due to instrument-specific credit risk for the nine months ended September 30, 2016, were not material.

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Nonrecurring Basis

From time to time, we may be required to measure certain other financial assets at fair value on a nonrecurring basis. These adjustments to fair value usually result from the application of lower-of-cost-or-fair-value accounting or write-downs of individual assets when there is evidence of impairment.

The following table provides the fair value of those assets that were subject to fair value adjustments during the nine months ended September 30, 2016 and 2015, and still held at September 30, 2016 and 2015, respectively. All fair value measurements on a nonrecurring basis were measured using level 3 of the valuation hierarchy.

Fair Value Measurements on a Nonrecurring Basis
(Amounts in thousands)
 
 
Fair Value
 
Net (Gains) Losses
 
September 30,
 
Nine Months Ended September 30,
 
2016
 
2015
 
2016
 
2015
Collateral-dependent impaired loans (1)
$
53,833

 
$
20,317

 
$
(7,582
)
 
$
1,398

OREO (2)
11,612

 
8,423

 
875

 
1,666

Total
$
65,445

 
$
28,740

 
$
(6,707
)
 
$
3,064

(1) 
Represents the fair value of loans adjusted to the appraised value of the collateral with a change in specific reserves during the respective period. These fair value adjustments are recorded against the allowance for loan losses.
(2) 
Represents the fair value of foreclosed properties that were adjusted subsequent to their initial classification as foreclosed assets. Write-downs are recognized as a component of net foreclosed property expenses in the consolidated statements of income.

There have been no changes in the valuation techniques we used for assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis from December 31, 2015, to September 30, 2016.


45


Additional Information Regarding Level 3 Fair Value Measurements

The following table presents information regarding the unobservable inputs developed by the Company for its level 3 fair value measurements.

Quantitative Information Regarding Level 3 Fair Value Measurements
(Dollars in thousands)
 
Financial Instrument:
 
Fair Value
of Assets /
(Liabilities) at
September 30, 2016
 
Valuation Technique(s)
 
Unobservable
Input
 
Range
 
Weighted
Average
Watch list derivatives
 
$
706

 
Discounted cash flow
 
Loss factors
 
11.4% to 18.6%
 
15.8
 %
RPAs
 
(15
)
(1) 
Discounted cash flow
 
Loss factors
 
0.1% to 18.6%
 
2.2
 %
Interest rate lock commitments
 
291

 
Discounted cash flow
 
Pull-through rate
 
70.2% to 100.0%
 
82.6
 %
Collateral-dependent impaired loans
 
53,833

 
Sales comparison,
income capitalization
and/or cost approach
 
Property specific
adjustment
 
-1.9% to 22.6%
 
-1.5
 %
OREO
 
11,612

 
Sales comparison,
income capitalization
and/or cost approach
 
Property specific
adjustment
 
-0.5% to -28.6%
 
-11.2
 %
Warrants
 
216

 
Black-Scholes option pricing model
 
Estimated stock price
 
$0.59 to $13.97
 
$
7.82

Remaining life assumption
 
9 to 10 years
 
9.4 years

Volatility
 
26.0% to 63.0%
 
51.1
 %
(1) 
Represents fair value of underlying swap.

The significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurement of the watch list derivatives and RPAs are the historic loss factors. A significant increase (decrease) in the pertinent loss factor would result in a significantly lower (higher) fair value measurement.

Estimated Fair Value of Certain Financial Instruments

U.S. GAAP requires disclosure of the estimated fair values of certain financial instruments, both assets and liabilities, on-and off-balance sheet, for which it is practical to estimate fair value. Because the disclosure of estimated fair values provided herein excludes the fair value of certain other financial instruments and all non-financial instruments, any aggregation of the estimated fair value amounts presented would not represent total underlying value. Examples of non-financial instruments having value not disclosed herein include the future earnings potential of significant customer relationships and the value of our asset management operations and other fee-generating businesses. In addition, other significant assets including property, plant, and equipment and goodwill are not considered financial instruments and, therefore, have not been included in the disclosure.

Various methodologies and assumptions have been utilized in management’s determination of the estimated fair value of our financial instruments, which are detailed below. The fair value estimates are made at a discrete point in time based on relevant market information. Because no market exists for a significant portion of these financial instruments, fair value estimates are based on judgments regarding future expected economic conditions, loss experience, and risk characteristics of the financial instruments. These estimates are subjective, involve uncertainties, and cannot be determined with precision. Changes in assumptions could significantly affect the estimates.

In addition to the valuation methodology explained above for financial instruments recorded at fair value, the following methods and assumptions were used in estimating the fair value of financial instruments that are carried at cost in the consolidated statements of financial condition and includes the general classification of the assets and liabilities pursuant to the valuation hierarchy.

Short-term financial assets and liabilities – For financial instruments with a shorter-term or with no stated maturity, prevailing market rates, and limited credit risk, the carrying amounts approximate fair value. Those financial instruments include cash and due from banks, Federal funds sold and interest-bearing deposits in banks (including the receivable for cash collateral pledged),

46


accrued interest receivable, and accrued interest payable. Accrued interest receivable and accrued interest payable are classified consistent with the hierarchy of their corresponding assets and liabilities.

Other loans held-for-sale - Included in loans held-for sale at September 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015 are $46.9 million and $73.1 million, respectively, of loans carried at the lower of aggregate cost or fair value. Fair value estimates are based on the actual agreed upon price in the agreement.

Securities held-to-maturity – Securities held-to-maturity include collateralized mortgage obligations, residential mortgage-backed securities, commercial mortgage-backed securities and state and municipal securities. Substantially all held-to-maturity securities are fixed income instruments that are not quoted on an exchange, but may be traded in active markets. The fair value of these securities is based on quoted market prices obtained from external pricing services. The principal markets for our securities portfolio are the secondary institutional markets, with an exit price that is predominantly reflective of bid level pricing in those markets.

FHLB stock – The carrying value of FHLB stock approximates fair value as the stock is non-marketable, and can only be sold to the FHLB or another member institution at par.

Loans – Other than certain residential real estate loans accounted for under the fair value option, the fair value of loans is calculated by discounting estimated cash flows through the estimated maturity using estimated market discount rates that reflect the credit and interest rate risk inherent in the loan. Cash flows are estimated by applying contractual payment terms to assumed interest rates. The estimate of maturity is based on contractual terms and includes assumptions that reflect our and the industry’s historical experience with repayments for each loan classification. The estimation is modified, as required, by the effect of current economic and lending conditions, collateral, and other factors.

Covered assets – Covered assets include acquired loans and foreclosed loan collateral covered under a loss share agreement with the FDIC (including the fair value of expected reimbursements from the FDIC). The fair value of covered assets is calculated by discounting contractual cash flows through the estimated maturity using estimated market discount rates that reflect the credit and interest rate risk inherent in the asset. The estimate of maturity is based on contractual terms and includes assumptions that reflect our and the industry’s historical experience with repayments for each asset classification. The estimate is modified, as required, by the effect of current economic and lending conditions, collateral, and other factors.

Investment in BOLI – The cash surrender value of our investment in bank owned life insurance approximates the fair value.

Community reinvestment investments - The fair values of these instruments were estimated using an income approach (discounted cash flow) that incorporates current market rates.

Deposit liabilities – The fair values disclosed for noninterest-bearing deposits, savings deposits, interest-bearing demand deposits, and money market deposits are approximately equal to the amount payable on demand at the reporting date (i.e., their carrying amounts). The fair values for certificates of deposit and time deposits were estimated using present value techniques by discounting the future cash flows at rates based on internal models and broker quotes.

Short-term borrowings – The fair value of FHLB advances with remaining maturities of one year or less is estimated by discounting the obligations using the rates currently offered for borrowings of similar remaining maturities. The fair value of the repurchase obligation is considered to be equal to the carrying value because of its short-term nature. The fair value of secured borrowings and other borrowings is equal to the value of the loans they are collateralizing. See “Loans” above for further information. The carrying amount of the obligation for cash collateral held is considered to be its fair value because of its short-term nature.

Long-term debt – The fair value of the Company’s fixed-rate long-term debt was estimated using the unadjusted publicly-available market price as of period end.

FHLB advances with remaining maturities greater than one year and the Company’s variable-rate junior subordinated debentures are estimated by discounting future cash flows. For the FHLB advances with remaining maturities greater than one year, the Company discounts cash flows using quoted interest rates for similar financial instruments. For the Company’s variable-rate junior subordinated debentures, we interpolate a discount rate we believe is appropriate based on quoted interest rates and entity specific adjustments.

Commitments – Given the limited interest rate risk posed by the commitments outstanding at period end due to their variable rate structure, termination clauses provided in the agreements, and the market rate of fees charged, we have deemed the fair value of commitments outstanding to be immaterial.


47


Financial Instruments
(Amounts in thousands)
 
 
As of September 30, 2016
 
Carrying Amount
 
 
 
Fair Value Measurements Using
 
 
Fair Value
 
Level 1
 
Level 2
 
Level 3
Financial Assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and due from banks
$
166,607

 
$
166,607

 
$
166,607

 
$

 
$

Federal funds sold and interest-bearing deposits in banks
245,193

 
245,193

 

 
245,193

 

Loans held-for-sale
75,438

 
75,438

 

 
75,438

 

Securities available-for-sale
1,961,099

 
1,961,099

 
477,601

 
1,483,498

 

Securities held-to-maturity
1,633,235

 
1,661,724

 

 
1,661,724

 

FHLB stock
30,213

 
30,213

 

 
30,213

 

Loans, net of allowance for loan losses and unearned fees
14,474,302

 
14,371,081

 

 
1,050

 
14,370,031

Covered assets, net of allowance for covered loan losses
19,010

 
23,714

 

 

 
23,714

Accrued interest receivable
48,512

 
48,512

 

 

 
48,512

Investment in BOLI
57,750

 
57,750

 

 

 
57,750

Derivative assets
62,094

 
62,094

 

 
60,990

 
1,104

Community reinvestment investments
5,895

 
7,007

 

 
7,007

 

Financial Liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Deposits
$
15,488,854

 
$
15,498,385

 
$

 
$
12,873,078

 
$
2,625,307

Short-term borrowings
1,233,318

 
1,230,548

 

 
1,227,232

 
3,316

Long-term debt
338,286

 
316,935

 
198,973

 
53,803

 
64,159

Accrued interest payable
7,953

 
7,953

 

 

 
7,953

Derivative liabilities
19,236

 
19,236

 

 
19,035

 
201



48


Financial Instruments (Continued)
(Amounts in thousands)

 
As of December 31, 2015
 
Carrying Amount
 
 
 
Fair Value Measurements Using
 
 
Fair Value
 
Level 1
 
Level 2
 
Level 3
Financial Assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and due from banks
$
145,147

 
$
145,147

 
$
145,147

 
$

 
$

Federal funds sold and interest-bearing deposits in banks
238,511

 
238,511

 

 
238,511

 

Loans held-for-sale
108,798

 
108,798

 

 
108,798

 

Securities available-for-sale
1,765,366

 
1,765,366

 
321,651

 
1,443,085

 
630

Securities held-to-maturity
1,355,283

 
1,351,241

 

 
1,351,241

 

FHLB stock
26,613

 
26,613

 

 
26,613

 

Loans, net of allowance for loan losses and unearned fees
13,105,739

 
12,929,340

 

 

 
12,929,340

Covered assets, net of allowance for covered loan losses
21,242

 
26,758

 

 

 
26,758

Accrued interest receivable
45,482

 
45,482

 

 

 
45,482

Investment in BOLI
56,653

 
56,653

 

 

 
56,653

Derivative assets
40,615

 
40,615

 

 
39,795

 
820

Community reinvestment investments
15,602

 
15,812

 

 
15,812

 

Financial Liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Deposits
$
14,345,592

 
$
14,348,272

 
$

 
$
12,155,516

 
$
2,192,756

Short-term borrowings
372,467

 
372,451

 

 
370,244

 
2,207

Long-term debt
688,215

 
669,210

 
207,750

 
398,146

 
63,314

Accrued interest payable
7,080

 
7,080

 

 

 
7,080

Derivative liabilities
18,229

 
18,229

 

 
18,046

 
183


18. OPERATING SEGMENTS

We have three primary operating segments: Banking, Asset Management and the Holding Company. With respect to the Banking and Asset Management segments, each is delineated by the products and services that it offers. The Banking operating segment is comprised of commercial and personal banking services, including mortgage originations. Commercial banking services are primarily provided to corporations and other business clients and include a wide array of lending and cash management products. Personal banking services offered to individuals, professionals, and entrepreneurs include direct lending and depository services. The Asset Management segment includes certain activities of our PrivateWealth group, including investment management, personal trust and estate administration, custodial and escrow, retirement plans and brokerage services. The activities of the third operating segment, the Holding Company, include the direct and indirect ownership of our banking subsidiary, the issuance of debt and intersegment eliminations.

The accounting policies of the individual operating segments are the same as those of the Company as described in Note 1. Transactions between operating segments are primarily conducted at fair value, resulting in profits that are eliminated from consolidated results of operations.


49


Financial results for each segment are presented below. For segment reporting purposes, the statement of financial condition of Asset Management is included with the Banking segment.

Operating Segments Performance
(Amounts in thousands)
 
 
Banking
 
Asset Management
 
Holding Company
and Other
Adjustments
 
Consolidated
 
2016
 
2015
 
2016
 
2015
 
2016
 
2015
 
2016
 
2015
Three Months Ended September 30
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net interest income (expense)
$
150,147

 
$
135,733

 
$
1,027

 
$
1,142

 
$
(5,664
)
 
$
(5,666
)
 
$
145,510

 
$
131,209

Provision for loan and covered loan losses
15,691

 
4,197

 

 

 

 

 
15,691

 
4,197

Non-interest income
32,005

 
26,311

 
5,590

 
4,462

 
19

 
16

 
37,614

 
30,789

Non-interest expense
84,734

 
78,274

 
4,459

 
4,063

 
2,727

 
2,838

 
91,920

 
85,175

Income (loss) before taxes
81,727

 
79,573

 
2,158

 
1,541

 
(8,372
)
 
(8,488
)
 
75,513

 
72,626

Income tax provision (benefit)
28,965

 
29,806

 
832

 
599

 
(3,176
)
 
(3,047
)
 
26,621

 
27,358

Net income (loss)
$
52,762

 
$
49,767

 
$
1,326

 
$
942

 
$
(5,196
)
 
$
(5,441
)
 
$
48,892

 
$
45,268

Nine Months Ended September 30
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net interest income (expense)
$
440,891

 
$
391,352

 
$
3,374

 
$
3,145

 
$
(17,220
)
 
$
(16,673
)
 
$
427,045

 
$
377,824

Provision for loan and covered loan losses
27,662

 
11,959

 

 

 

 

 
27,662

 
11,959

Non-interest income
92,439

 
83,722

 
15,853

 
13,596

 
54

 
46

 
108,346

 
97,364

Non-interest expense
248,152

 
228,965

 
13,495

 
12,888

 
14,982

 
8,364

 
276,629

 
250,217

Income (loss) before taxes
257,516

 
234,150

 
5,732

 
3,853

 
(32,148
)
 
(24,991
)
 
231,100

 
213,012

Income tax provision (benefit)
92,348

 
87,694

 
2,211

 
1,497

 
(12,268
)
 
(9,353
)
 
82,291

 
79,838

Net income (loss)
$
165,168

 
$
146,456

 
$
3,521

 
$
2,356

 
$
(19,880
)
 
$
(15,638
)
 
$
148,809

 
$
133,174

 
Banking
 
Holding Company and Other Adjustments(1)
 
Consolidated
 
9/30/2016
 
12/31/2015
 
9/30/2016
 
12/31/2015
 
9/30/2016
 
12/31/2015
Selected Balances
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Assets
$
16,980,439

 
$
15,314,801

 
$
2,125,121

 
$
1,938,047

 
$
19,105,560

 
$
17,252,848

Total loans
14,654,570

 
13,266,475

 

 

 
14,654,570

 
13,266,475

Deposits
15,539,208

 
14,407,127

 
(50,354
)
 
(61,535
)
 
15,488,854

 
14,345,592

(1) 
Deposit amounts represent the elimination of Holding Company cash accounts included in total deposits of the Banking segment.
 

50


19. VARIABLE INTEREST ENTITIES

The Company is required to consolidate VIEs in which it has a controlling financial interest. The following table summarizes the carrying amounts of the consolidated VIEs’ assets included in the Company’s statements of financial condition as adjusted for intercompany eliminations at September 30, 2016. At December 31, 2015, the Company did not have any VIEs that were consolidated in our financial statements.

Consolidated VIEs
(Amounts in thousands)
 
 
September 30, 2016
Assets:
 
Loans
$
8,749

Accrued interest receivable
23

Total assets
$
8,772


The Company sponsors and consolidates certain VIEs that invest in community development projects designed primarily to promote community welfare, such as economic rehabilitation and development of low-income areas by providing housing, services, or jobs for residents. These VIEs invest in community development projects through the extension of below-market loans that generate a return primarily through the realization of federal new markets tax credits. The consolidated VIEs’ loans are recognized within loans on the Company’s consolidated statements of financial condition. The federal new markets tax credits earned from equity investments in VIEs are recognized as a component of income tax expense, and interest income received on the loans is recognized within interest income on the Company’s consolidated statements of income. The assets of the consolidated VIEs are the primary source of funds to settle their respective obligations. The creditors of the VIEs do not have recourse to the general credit of the Company. The Company’s exposure to each consolidated VIE is limited to the amount of equity invested by the Company in the VIE.

The table below presents our interests in VIEs that are not consolidated in our financial statements at
September 30, 2016, and December 31, 2015.

Nonconsolidated VIEs
(Amounts in thousands)
 
 
September 30, 2016
 
December 31, 2015
 
Carrying
Amount
 
Maximum
Exposure
to Loss
 
Carrying
Amount
 
Maximum
Exposure
to Loss
Trust preferred capital securities issuances (1)
$
167,640

 
$

 
$
169,788

 
$

Community reinvestment investments and loans (2)
43,733

 
53,882

 
41,020

 
44,191

Restructured loans to commercial clients (2):
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Outstanding loan balance
97,550

 
111,976

 
47,178

 
56,854

Related derivative asset
96

 
96

 
81

 
81

Warrants
15

 
15

 

 

Total
$
309,034

 
$
165,969

 
$
258,067

 
$
101,126

(1) 
Net of deferred financing costs of $2.1 million and $2.2 million at September 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015 respectively.
(2) 
Excludes personal loans and loans to non-for-profit entities.
 
Trust preferred capital securities issuances – As discussed in Note 10, we sponsor and wholly own 100% of the common equity of four trusts that were formed for the purpose of issuing Trust Preferred Securities to third-party investors and investing the proceeds therefrom in debentures issued by the Company. The trusts’ only assets are the debentures and the related interest receivable, which are included within long-term debt in our consolidated statements of financial condition. The Company is not the primary beneficiary of the trusts and, accordingly, the trusts are not consolidated in our financial statements.


51


CRA investments and loans – We hold certain investments and loans that make investments to further our CRA initiatives. CRA investments are included within other assets and CRA loans are included within loans in our consolidated statements of financial condition. Certain of these investments and loans meet the definition of a VIE, but the Company is not the primary beneficiary as we are a limited investor and do not have the power to direct their investment activities. Accordingly, we will continue to account for our interests in these investments and loans on an unconsolidated basis. Our maximum exposure to loss is limited to the carrying amount plus additional required future capital contributions.

A portion of our CRA investments are investments in limited liability entities that invest in affordable housing projects that qualify for low-income housing tax credits. These investments entitle the Company to tax credits through 2028. Any new investments in qualified affordable housing projects entered into on or after January 1, 2014, that meet certain conditions are accounted for using the proportional amortization method. Prior to January 1, 2014, the Company accounted for all of its investments in qualified affordable housing projects using the effective yield method and has elected to continue accounting for preexisting tax credit investments using the effective yield method as permitted under the accounting standards.

The carrying value of the Company’s tax credit investments in affordable housing projects totaled $35.6 million at September 30, 2016 and $27.0 million at December 31, 2015. Commitments to provide future capital contributions totaling $29.7 million as of September 30, 2016, are expected to be paid through 2031. These investments are reviewed periodically for impairment. No impairment losses were recorded for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 and 2015. The following table summarizes the impact on the consolidated statement of income for the periods presented.

Affordable Housing Tax Credit Investments
(Amounts in thousands)
 
 
Nine Months Ended September 30,
 
2016
 
2015
Tax credits
$
1,208

 
$
470

Tax benefits from operating losses
524

 
175

Amortization of principal investment
$
1,378

 
$
481


Restructured loans – For certain troubled commercial loans, we restructure the terms of the borrower’s debt in an effort to increase the probability of collecting amounts contractually due. Following a restructuring, the borrower entity typically meets the definition of a VIE, and economic events have proven that the entity’s equity is not sufficient to permit it to finance its activities without additional subordinated financial support or a restructuring of the terms of its financing. As we do not have the power to direct the activities that most significantly impact such troubled commercial borrowers’ operations, we are not considered the primary beneficiary even in situations where, based on the size of the financing provided, we are exposed to potentially significant benefits and losses of the borrowing entity. We have no contractual requirements to provide financial support to the borrowing entities beyond certain funding commitments established upon restructuring of the terms of the debt. Our interests in the troubled commercial borrowers include outstanding loans and related derivative assets. Our maximum exposure to loss is limited to these interests plus any additional future funding commitments.

Warrants – In connection with certain negotiated credit facilities, we receive warrants to acquire stock in privately-held client companies. We have no contractual requirement to provide financial support to the borrowing entities beyond the funding commitments established at origination of the credit facilities. As we do not have the power to direct the activities that most significantly impact the client companies’ operations, we are not considered the primary beneficiary of these companies.

ITEM 2. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

INTRODUCTION

PrivateBancorp, Inc. (“PrivateBancorp,” the “Company,” we, our or us), is a Delaware corporation and bank holding company headquartered in Chicago, Illinois. The PrivateBank and Trust Company (the “Bank” or “PrivateBank”), our bank subsidiary, provides customized business and personal financial services to middle market companies, as well as business owners, executives, entrepreneurs and families in all the markets and communities we serve. As of September 30, 2016, we had 34 offices located in 12 states, including 22 full-service banking branches in four states. Our full-service bank branches are located principally in the greater Chicago metropolitan area, with additional branches in the St. Louis, Milwaukee and Detroit metropolitan areas. We have

52


non-depository commercial banking offices strategically located in major commercial centers to further our reach with our core client base of middle market companies.

We deliver a full spectrum of commercial and personal banking products and services to our clients through our commercial banking, community banking and private wealth businesses. We offer clients a full range of lending, treasury management, capital markets and other banking products to meet their commercial needs, and residential mortgage banking, private banking and asset management services to meet their personal needs.

The following discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with the unaudited interim consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes presented elsewhere in this report, as well as our audited consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes included in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2015. Results of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2016, are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for the year ending December 31, 2016. Unless otherwise stated, all earnings per share data included in this section and through the remainder of this discussion are presented on a fully diluted basis.

CAUTIONARY STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

Statements contained in this report that are not historical facts may constitute forward-looking statements within the meaning of the federal securities laws. Forward-looking statements represent management’s current beliefs and expectations regarding future events, such as our anticipated future financial results, credit quality, liquidity, revenues, expenses, or other financial items, and the impact of business plans and strategies or legislative or regulatory actions. Forward-looking statements are typically identified by words such as “may,” “might,” “will,” “should,” “could,” “would,” “expect,” “plan,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “believe,” “estimate,” “predict,” “project,” “potential,” or “continue” or other comparable terminology.

Our ability to predict results or the actual effects of future plans, strategies or events is inherently uncertain. Factors which could cause actual results or conditions to differ from those reflected in forward-looking statements include:

the possibility that the transaction with CIBC does not close when expected or at all because required regulatory, stockholder or other approvals are not received or other conditions to the closing are not satisfied on a timely basis or at all; or the possibility that, as a result of the announcement and pendency of the proposed transaction, we experience difficulties in employee retention and/or clients or vendors seek to change their existing business relationships with us, or competitors change their strategies to compete against us, any of which may have a negative impact on our business or operations;
uncertainty regarding geopolitical developments and the U.S. and global economic outlook that may continue to impact market conditions or affect demand for certain banking products and services;
unanticipated developments in pending or prospective loan transactions or greater-than-expected paydowns or payoffs of existing loans;
competitive pressures in the financial services industry relating to both pricing and loan structures, which may impact our growth rate;
unforeseen credit quality problems or changing economic conditions that could result in charge-offs greater than we have anticipated in our allowance for loan losses or changes in value of our investments;
unanticipated changes in monetary policies of the Federal Reserve or significant adjustments in the pace of, or market expectations for, future interest rate changes;
availability of sufficient and cost-effective sources of liquidity or funding as and when needed;
unanticipated losses of one or more large depositor relationships, or other significant deposit outflows;
loss of key personnel or an inability to recruit appropriate talent cost-effectively;
greater-than-anticipated costs to support the growth of our business, including investments in technology, process improvements or other infrastructure enhancements, or greater-than-anticipated compliance or regulatory costs and burdens; or
failures or disruptions to, or compromises of, our data processing or other information or operational systems, including the potential impact of disruptions or security breaches at our third-party service providers.

These factors should be considered in evaluating forward-looking statements and undue reliance should not be placed on our forward-looking statements. Readers should also consider the risks, assumptions and uncertainties set forth in the “Risk Factors” section of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2015, and this “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” section of this Form 10-Q, as well as those set forth in our subsequent periodic and current reports filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date they are made, and we assume no obligation to update any of these statements in light of new information, future events or otherwise unless required under the federal securities laws.

53



RECENT DEVELOPMENTS

On June 29, 2016, the Company entered into a definitive merger agreement with Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce (“CIBC”), a Canadian chartered bank, and CIBC Holdco Inc. (“Holdco”), a Delaware corporation and a direct, wholly owned subsidiary of CIBC, pursuant to which the Company will merge with and into Holdco, with Holdco surviving the merger. Following the merger, the Bank will be headquartered in Chicago, Illinois, retain its Illinois state banking charter and be an indirect, wholly owned subsidiary of CIBC. The transaction is expected to close by the end of the first quarter 2017, pending regulatory and stockholder approval and other customary closing conditions. The Company’s special meeting of stockholders is scheduled for December 8, 2016.

OVERVIEW OF RECENT FINANCIAL RESULTS

For the third quarter 2016, we reported net income available to common stockholders of $48.9 million, increasing $3.6 million, or 8%, from third quarter 2015. Compared to second quarter 2016, net income available to common stockholders declined $1.5 million, or 3%, from second quarter 2016. Diluted earnings per share were $0.60, an increase of 5% compared to $0.57 per diluted share in third quarter 2015. For the third quarter 2016, our annualized return on average assets was 1.04% and our annualized return on average common equity was 10.40%, compared with 1.09% and 11.05%, respectively, in the year ago quarter.

For the nine months ended September 30, 2016, we reported net income available to common stockholders of $148.8 million, increasing $15.6 million, or 12%, from the nine months ended September 30, 2015. Diluted earnings per share were $1.84 for the nine months ended September 30, 2016, an increase of 10% compared to $1.67 per diluted share for the nine months ended September 30, 2015. Results for the current year-to-date included $6.4 million of costs related to the pending CIBC transaction, which reduce earnings per share by $0.05 on an after-tax basis. Annualized return on average assets was 1.11% and our annualized return on average common equity was 10.99% for the nine months ended September 30, 2016, compared with prior year ratios of 1.10% and 11.31%, respectively.

Net interest income for third quarter 2016 increased $14.3 million compared to third quarter 2015, reflecting higher interest income from $2.0 billion of growth in average interest-earning assets and the impact from a rise in short-term rates. Net interest margin was 3.18% for third quarter 2016, declining five basis points from third quarter 2015, primarily related to higher funding costs while yields on interest-earning assets remained stable on a comparative basis.

Non-interest income for third quarter 2016 increased $6.8 million from the prior year quarter with all major fee categories, excluding loan, letter of credit and commitment fees, contributing to the current quarter increase. As a result of the growth in net interest income and non-interest income, net revenue increased $21.2 million, or 13%, to $184.3 million, from $163.1 million for third quarter 2015. Non-interest expense increased 8% from the prior year quarter, primarily due to higher salary and employee benefits expense and technology costs.

Growth in earning assets continued to benefit operating profit, which increased $14.5 million from $78.0 million for third quarter 2015 to $92.4 million for third quarter 2016. The efficiency ratio was 49.9% for third quarter 2016, compared to 52.2% for third quarter 2015.

Total loans grew $1.4 billion, or 10%, from year end 2015 to $14.7 billion at September 30, 2016, and increased $1.6 billion, or 12%, from September 30, 2015, driven primarily by growth in commercial and industrial loans. Total commercial loans and commercial real estate (“CRE”) loans comprised 65% and 26% of total loans, respectively, at September 30, 2016, largely comparable with year end 2015 and September 30, 2015.

The provision for loan losses, excluding covered assets, increased to $15.9 million in third quarter 2016 from $4.2 million for third quarter 2015. While asset quality remained strong, the provision was higher following several quarters of historically low credit costs. The increase in the general reserve reflected strong loan growth and some credit migration. At September 30, 2016, nonperforming loans increased to $87.4 million, compared to $53.7 million at December 31, 2015. Higher nonperforming loan levels at September 30, 2016 included inflows from two related loan relationships totaling $21.8 million. Nonperforming assets to total assets were 0.52% at September 30, 2016, compared to 0.35% at December 31, 2015. Nonperforming loans to total loans were 0.60% at September 30, 2016, compared to 0.41% at December 31, 2015. At September 30, 2016, our allowance for loan losses as a percentage of total loans was 1.23%, compared to 1.21% at December 31, 2015. Net charge-offs totaled $4.2 million in third quarter 2016, elevated compared to net recoveries of $1.6 million in third quarter 2015, largely related to a single relationship that was identified during the current quarter.


54


Total deposits of $15.5 billion at September 30, 2016, increased $1.1 billion, or 8%, from year end 2015, and increased $1.6 billion, or 11% from September 30, 2015. Noninterest-bearing deposits grew $501.8 million from December 31, 2015 and $788.7 million from a year ago. Our deposit base is predominately comprised of commercial client balances, which will fluctuate from time to time based on our clients’ business and liquidity needs. Deposit funding was supplemented by an increase in traditional brokered deposits and short-term borrowings from year end 2015. The loan-to-deposit ratio was 95% at September 30, 2016 compared to 92% at December 31, 2015.

Please refer to the remaining sections of this “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” for greater discussion of the various components of our third quarter 2016 performance, statement of financial condition and liquidity.


55


RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following table presents selected quarterly financial data highlighting our operating performance trends over the past five quarters.

Table 1
Consolidated Financial Highlights
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
 
 
As of and for the Three Months Ended
 
2016
 
2015
 
September 30
 
June 30
 
March 31
 
December 31
 
September 30
Selected Operating Statistics
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net income
$
48,892

 
$
50,365

 
$
49,552

 
$
52,137

 
$
45,268

Effective tax rate
35.3
%
 
36.5
%
 
35.0
%
 
37.5
%
 
37.7
%
Net interest income
$
145,510

 
$
142,017

 
$
139,518

 
$
136,591

 
$
131,209

Fee revenue (1)
37,614

 
36,550

 
33,071

 
32,619

 
30,529

Net revenue (2)
184,331

 
180,341

 
174,337

 
170,445

 
163,134

Operating profit (2)
92,411

 
86,125

 
83,844

 
87,425

 
77,959

Provision for loan losses (3)
15,875

 
5,570

 
6,436

 
2,917

 
4,203

Per Share Data
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic earnings per share
$
0.61

 
$
0.63

 
$
0.63

 
$
0.66

 
$
0.58

Diluted earnings per share
0.60

 
0.62

 
0.62

 
0.65

 
0.57

Tangible book value at period end (2)(4)
$
22.43

 
$
21.83

 
$
21.07

 
$
20.25

 
$
19.65

Dividend payout ratio
1.64
%
 
1.59
%
 
1.60
%
 
1.52
%
 
1.72
%
Performance Ratios
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Return on average common equity
10.40
%
 
11.20
%
 
11.40
%
 
12.29
%
 
11.05
%
Return on average assets
1.04
%
 
1.14
%
 
1.15
%
 
1.21
%
 
1.09
%
Return on average tangible common equity (2)
11.04
%
 
11.91
%
 
12.16
%
 
13.13
%
 
11.85
%
Net interest margin (2)
3.18
%
 
3.28
%
 
3.30
%
 
3.25
%
 
3.23
%
Efficiency ratio (2)(5)
49.87
%
 
52.24
%
 
51.91
%
 
48.71
%
 
52.21
%
Credit Quality (3)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total nonperforming loans to total loans
0.60
%
 
0.47
%
 
0.44
%
 
0.41
%
 
0.34
%
Total nonperforming assets to total assets
0.52
%
 
0.44
%
 
0.42
%
 
0.35
%
 
0.34
%
Allowance for loan losses to total loans
1.23
%
 
1.20
%
 
1.23
%
 
1.21
%
 
1.25
%
Balance Sheet Highlights
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total assets
$
19,105,560

 
$
18,169,191

 
$
17,667,372

 
$
17,252,848

 
$
16,888,008

Average interest-earning assets
18,084,391

 
17,285,351

 
16,865,659

 
16,631,958

 
16,050,598

Loans (3)
14,654,570

 
14,035,808

 
13,457,665

 
13,266,475

 
13,079,314

Allowance for loan losses (3)
(180,268
)
 
(168,615
)
 
(165,356
)
 
(160,736
)
 
(162,868
)
Deposits
15,488,854

 
14,557,394

 
14,464,869

 
14,345,592

 
13,897,739

Noninterest-bearing demand deposits
4,857,470

 
4,511,893

 
4,338,177

 
4,355,700

 
4,068,816

Loans to deposits (3)
94.61
%
 
96.42
%
 
93.04
%
 
92.48
%
 
94.11
%


56


 
As of
 
2016
 
2015
 
September 30
 
June 30
 
March 31
 
December 31
 
September 30
Capital Ratios
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total risk-based capital
12.41
%
 
12.42
%
 
12.56
%
 
12.37
%
 
12.28
%
Tier 1 risk-based capital
10.64
%
 
10.66
%
 
10.76
%
 
10.56
%
 
10.39
%
Tier 1 leverage ratio
10.43
%
 
10.56
%
 
10.50
%
 
10.35
%
 
10.35
%
Common equity Tier 1 ratio
9.71
%
 
9.70
%
 
9.76
%
 
9.54
%
 
9.35
%
Tangible common equity to tangible assets (2)(6)
9.40
%
 
9.60
%
 
9.51
%
 
9.34
%
 
9.23
%
(1) 
Computed as total non-interest income less net securities gains (losses).
(2) 
This is a non-U.S. GAAP financial measure. Refer to Table 24 for a reconciliation of non-U.S. GAAP measures to comparable U.S. GAAP measures.
(3) 
Excludes covered assets.
(4) 
Computed as total equity less preferred stock, goodwill and other intangibles divided by outstanding shares of common stock at end of period.
(5) 
Computed as non-interest expense divided by the sum of net interest income on a tax equivalent basis (assuming a federal income tax rate of 35%) and non-interest income.
(6) 
Computed as tangible common equity divided by tangible assets, where tangible common equity equals total equity less preferred stock, goodwill and other intangible assets and tangible assets equals total assets less goodwill and other intangible assets.
 
Net Interest Income

Net interest income is the primary source of the Company’s revenue. Net interest income is the difference between interest income and fees earned on interest-earning assets, such as loans and investments, and interest expense incurred on interest-bearing liabilities, such as deposits and borrowings, which are used to fund those assets. Net interest income is affected by (1) the volume, pricing, mix and maturity of earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities; (2) the volume and value of noninterest-bearing sources of funds, such as noninterest-bearing deposits and equity; (3) the use of derivative instruments to manage interest rate risk; (4) the sensitivity of the balance sheet to fluctuations in interest rates, including characteristics such as the fixed or variable nature of the financial instruments, contractual maturities, and repricing frequencies; (5) loan repayment behavior, which affects timing of recognition of certain loan fees as well as penalties; and (6) asset quality.

Interest rate spread and net interest margin are utilized to measure and explain changes in net interest income. Interest rate spread is the difference between the yield on interest-earning assets and the rate paid for interest-bearing liabilities that fund those assets. Net interest margin is expressed as the percentage of net interest income to average interest-earning assets. The net interest margin exceeds the interest rate spread because noninterest-bearing sources of funds, principally noninterest-bearing demand deposits and equity, also support interest-earning assets.

The accounting policies underlying the recognition of interest income on loans, securities, and other interest-earning assets are included in Note 1 of “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” contained in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2015.

For purposes of this discussion, net interest income and any ratios or metrics that include net interest income as a component, such as net interest margin, have been adjusted to a fully tax-equivalent basis to more appropriately compare the returns on certain tax-exempt securities to those on taxable securities, assuming a federal income tax rate of 35%. The effect of the tax-equivalent adjustment is presented at the bottom of the following table.

Table 2 and Table 3 summarize the changes in our average interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities as well as the average interest rates earned and paid on these assets and liabilities, respectively, for the quarters and nine months ended September 30, 2016 and 2015. Table 2 also presents the trend in net interest margin on a quarterly basis for 2016 and 2015, including the tax-equivalent yields on interest-earning assets and rates paid on interest-bearing liabilities. In addition, Table 2 and Table 3 detail variances in income and expense for each of the major categories of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities and indicate the extent to which such variances are attributable to volume versus yield/rate changes.


57



Three months ended September 30, 2016 compared to three month ended September 30, 2015

Table 2
Net Interest Income and Margin Analysis
(Dollars in thousands)
 
Three Months Ended September 30,
 
 
Attribution of Change in Net Interest Income (1)
 
2016
 
 
2015
 
 
 
Average
Balance
 

Interest
(2)
 
Yield/
Rate
(%)
 
 
Average
Balance
 

Interest
(2)
 
Yield/
Rate
(%)
 
 
Volume
 
Yield/
Rate
 
Total
Assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Federal funds sold and interest-bearing deposits in banks
$
302,245

 
$
380

 
0.49
%
 
 
$
270,278

 
$
168

 
0.24
%
 
 
$
22

 
$
190

 
$
212

Securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Taxable
2,932,624

 
15,283

 
2.08
%
 
 
2,440,779

 
13,599

 
2.23
%
 
 
2,606

 
(922
)
 
1,684

Tax-exempt (3)
454,041

 
3,529

 
3.11
%
 
 
424,003

 
3,313

 
3.13
%
 
 
233

 
(17
)
 
216

Total securities
3,386,665

 
18,812

 
2.22
%
 
 
2,864,782

 
16,912

 
2.36
%
 
 
2,839

 
(939
)
 
1,900

FHLB stock
20,901

 
139

 
2.62
%
 
 
25,907

 
69

 
1.04
%
 
 
(15
)
 
85

 
70

Loans, excluding covered assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial
9,205,527

 
99,579

 
4.23
%
 
 
8,561,067

 
92,139

 
4.21
%
 
 
6,969

 
471

 
7,440

Commercial real estate
3,671,508

 
35,850

 
3.82
%
 
 
3,108,679

 
29,039

 
3.66
%
 
 
5,448

 
1,363

 
6,811

Construction
632,790

 
6,119

 
3.78
%
 
 
442,331

 
4,493

 
3.97
%
 
 
1,851

 
(225
)
 
1,626

Residential
540,848

 
4,727

 
3.50
%
 
 
446,783

 
3,959

 
3.54
%
 
 
823

 
(55
)
 
768

Personal and home equity
299,705

 
2,331

 
3.09
%
 
 
301,449

 
2,237

 
2.94
%
 
 
(13
)
 
107

 
94

Total loans, excluding covered assets(4)
14,350,378

 
148,606

 
4.06
%
 
 
12,860,309

 
131,867

 
4.02
%
 
 
15,078

 
1,661

 
16,739

Covered assets (5)
24,202

 
153

 
2.51
%
 
 
29,322

 
239

 
3.23
%
 
 
(38
)
 
(48
)
 
(86
)
Total interest-earning assets (3)
18,084,391

 
$
168,090

 
3.65
%
 
 
16,050,598

 
$
149,255

 
3.65
%
 
 
$
17,886

 
$
949

 
$
18,835

Cash and due from banks
186,205

 
 
 
 
 
 
172,742

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Allowance for loan and covered loan losses
(178,602
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
(167,173
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other assets
540,458

 
 
 
 
 
 
486,158

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total assets
$
18,632,452

 
 
 
 
 
 
$
16,542,325

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Liabilities and Equity:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest-bearing demand deposits
$
1,725,404

 
$
1,429

 
0.33
%
 
 
$
1,411,434

 
$
937

 
0.26
%
 
 
$
233

 
$
259

 
$
492

Savings deposits
392,485

 
480

 
0.49
%
 
 
342,568

 
370

 
0.43
%
 
 
58

 
52

 
110

Money market accounts
5,946,692

 
6,565

 
0.44
%
 
 
5,829,378

 
4,749

 
0.32
%
 
 
98

 
1,718

 
1,816

Time deposits
2,385,720

 
6,764

 
1.12
%
 
 
2,302,743

 
5,782

 
1.00
%
 
 
258

 
724

 
982

Total interest-bearing deposits
10,450,301

 
15,238

 
0.58
%
 
 
9,886,123

 
11,838

 
0.48
%
 
 
647

 
2,753

 
3,400

Short-term borrowings
1,018,856

 
1,070

 
0.41
%
 
 
143,436

 
24

 
0.07
%
 
 
559

 
487

 
1,046

Long-term debt
338,274

 
5,065

 
5.96
%
 
 
694,788

 
5,048

 
2.89
%
 
 
(3,486
)
 
3,503

 
17

Total interest-bearing liabilities
11,807,431

 
21,373

 
0.72
%
 
 
10,724,347

 
16,910

 
0.63
%
 
 
(2,280
)
 
6,743

 
4,463

Noninterest-bearing demand deposits
4,717,556

 
 
 
 
 
 
4,039,259

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other liabilities
237,356

 
 
 
 
 
 
152,737

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Equity
1,870,109

 
 
 
 
 
 
1,625,982

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total liabilities and equity
$
18,632,452

 
 
 
 
 
 
$
16,542,325

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net interest spread (3)
 
 
 
 
2.93
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
3.02
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Contribution of noninterest-bearing sources of funds
 
 
 
 
0.25
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
0.21
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net interest income/margin (3)
 
 
$
146,717

 
3.18
%
 
 
 
 
$
132,345

 
3.23
%
 
 
$
20,166

 
$
(5,794
)
 
$
14,372

Less: tax equivalent adjustment
 
 
1,207

 
 
 
 
 
 
1,136

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net interest income, as reported
 
 
$
145,510

 
 
 
 
 
 
$
131,209

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(footnotes on following page)

58


Table 2
Net Interest Income and Margin Analysis (Continued)
(Dollars in thousands)
 
 
Quarterly Net Interest Margin Trend
 
2016
 
2015
 
Third
 
Second
 
First
 
Fourth
 
Third
 
Second
 
First
Yield on interest-earning assets (3)
3.65
%
 
3.74
%
 
3.74
%
 
3.67
%
 
3.65
%
 
3.60
%
 
3.65
%
Cost of interest-bearing liabilities
0.72
%
 
0.70
%
 
0.68
%
 
0.64
%
 
0.63
%
 
0.62
%
 
0.63
%
Net interest spread (3)
2.93
%
 
3.04
%
 
3.06
%
 
3.03
%
 
3.02
%
 
2.98
%
 
3.02
%
Contribution of noninterest-bearing sources of funds
0.25
%
 
0.24
%
 
0.24
%
 
0.22
%
 
0.21
%
 
0.19
%
 
0.19
%
Net interest margin (3)
3.18
%
 
3.28
%
 
3.30
%
 
3.25
%
 
3.23
%
 
3.17
%
 
3.21
%
(1) 
For purposes of this table, changes which are not due solely to volume changes or rate changes are allocated to such categories in proportion to the absolute amounts of the change in each.
(2) 
Interest income included $6.2 million and $8.0 million in net loan fees for the quarters ended September 30, 2016 and 2015, respectively.
(3) 
Interest income and yields are presented on a tax-equivalent basis, assuming a federal income tax rate of 35%. This is a non-U.S. GAAP measure. Refer to Table 24, “Non-U.S. GAAP Financial Measures,” for a reconciliation of the effect of the tax-equivalent adjustment.
(4) 
Includes loans held-for-sale and nonaccrual loans. Average loans on a nonaccrual basis for the recognition of interest income totaled $79.8 million and $49.3 million for the quarters ended September 30, 2016 and 2015, respectively. Interest foregone on impaired loans was estimated to be approximately $841,000 and $481,000 for the quarters ended September 30, 2016 and 2015, respectively, calculated based on the average loan portfolio yield for the respective period.
(5) 
Covered interest-earning assets consist of loans acquired through a Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) assisted transaction that are subject to a loss share agreement and the related indemnification asset. Refer to the section below entitled “Covered Assets” for a detailed discussion.

Net interest income on a tax-equivalent basis increased by $14.4 million, or 11%, to $146.7 million for third quarter 2016, compared to $132.3 million for third quarter 2015. Interest income increased by $18.8 million from the prior year quarter, largely driven by average loan growth, which contributed $15.1 million to interest income on a comparative basis. Securities interest income increased $1.9 million from third quarter 2015, primarily due to growth in the portfolio, while security yields continued to compress in the low rate environment. Interest expense increased by $4.5 million, largely related to $3.4 million in higher deposit costs, reflecting deposits indexed to a higher Fed funds effective rate and higher rates paid on certain money market accounts. Interest expense on short-term borrowings increased by $1.0 million from the third quarter 2015, primarily reflecting higher average overnight FHLB advances as compared to the prior year quarter.

Average interest-earning assets growth of $2.0 billion from the prior year period was primarily driven by higher average loan balances of $1.5 billion, with $644.5 million of the growth related to the commercial loan portfolio and $562.8 million of the growth related to the CRE portfolio. In addition, average securities balances increased by $521.9 million from third quarter 2015. Average interest-bearing liabilities grew $1.1 billion from the prior year period, reflecting growth in average deposits, which increased $564.2 million compared to third quarter 2015, as well as an increased use of short-term FHLB advances and, to a lesser extent, repurchase agreements during the current quarter.

Net interest margin was 3.18% for third quarter 2016, declining five basis points from the third quarter 2015. Yields on interest-earning assets remained stable compared to the prior year. Overall loan yields increased by four basis points from the third quarter 2015, as improvements related to higher short-term rates on our largely variable rate portfolio were partially offset by continued pricing reductions resulting from the competitive environment and a lower contribution from loan fees and hedging. Our overall loan yields continue to be aided by our hedging program, although at a reduced level as compared to the third quarter 2015 due to higher short-term rates and a decline in the notional value of the active hedge program. Compared to the third quarter 2015, loan fees declined $1.8 million, or seven basis points, reflecting a $1.2 million prepayment fee included in prior quarter results and lower-than-average loan payoffs during the third quarter 2016, which generally trigger the acceleration of unamortized loan fees. Excluding the impact from loan fees, hedging, and movement in LIBOR, loan yields have continued to compress in the current environment. The yield on our securities portfolio decreased 14 basis points from the prior year comparative period, reflecting accelerated prepayment speeds and reduced yields on securities purchased in the low rate environment.

Our cost of funds for third quarter 2016 increased by nine basis points from third quarter 2015, driven primarily by higher rates paid on deposits. Deposit costs increased by ten basis points from the prior year period, reflecting the repricing of deposits tied to a higher Fed funds effective rate following the mid-December 2015 rate increase, as well as higher rates paid on certain money

59


market accounts. Deposits tied to the Fed funds effective rate totaled $1.6 billion at September 30, 2016. Average noninterest-bearing demand deposits and average equity, our principal sources of noninterest-bearing funds, increased in aggregate by $922.4 million from the comparative period, adding four basis points of value to net interest margin due to higher volume and the increased value of noninterest-bearing liabilities in a higher rate environment.

In the prolonged low interest rate environment, competition remains strong, which has influenced loan pricing and structure. As a result, we have experienced a general decline in our loan yields due to pricing compression on new loans, including within certain of our specialty businesses, and, to a lesser extent, on loan renewals in the current environment. Future loan yields may be impacted by fluctuations in loan fees driven by acceleration of unamortized origination fees upon early payoff or refinancing, and prepayment and other fees received on certain event-driven actions in accordance with the loan agreement, as well as interest income recognized upon recovery of interest on nonaccrual loans. To the extent short-term interest rates continue to rise, the impact on deposit costs for our indexed deposits has greater predictability than our non-indexed deposits. Deposit costs will depend on various factors including client behavior, pricing pressure within the bank marketplace and from non-bank alternatives, the mix of our funding sources, and prices for alternative sources of deposits and funds.


60


Nine months ended September 30, 2016 compared to nine months ended September 30, 2015

Table 3
Net Interest Income and Margin Analysis
(Dollars in thousands)
 
Nine Months Ended September 30,
 
 
Attribution of Change in
 
2016
 
 
2015
 
 
Net Interest Income (1)
 
Average
Balance
 
Interest (2)
 
Yield/
Rate
(%)
 
 
Average
Balance
 
Interest (2)
 
Yield/
Rate
(%)
 
 
Volume
 
Yield/
Rate
 
Total
Assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Federal funds sold and interest-bearing deposits in banks
$
282,486

 
$
1,055

 
0.49
%
 
 
$
361,076

 
$
674

 
0.25
%
 
 
$
(173
)
 
$
554

 
$
381

Securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Taxable
2,802,118

 
45,651

 
2.18
%
 
 
2,400,121

 
40,696

 
2.26
%
 
 
6,600

 
(1,645
)
 
4,955

Tax-exempt (3)
449,546

 
10,569

 
3.13
%
 
 
385,403

 
9,080

 
3.14
%
 
 
1,508

 
(19
)
 
1,489

Total securities
3,251,664

 
56,220

 
2.31
%
 
 
2,785,524

 
49,776

 
2.38
%
 
 
8,108

 
(1,664
)
 
6,444

FHLB stock
24,219

 
459

 
2.49
%
 
 
26,985

 
180

 
0.88
%
 
 
(20
)
 
299

 
279

Loans, excluding covered assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial
8,894,194

 
292,188

 
4.32
%
 
 
8,363,221

 
265,448

 
4.19
%
 
 
17,233

 
9,507

 
26,740

Commercial real estate
3,517,571

 
102,088

 
3.81
%
 
 
2,971,554

 
83,643

 
3.71
%
 
 
15,778

 
2,667

 
18,445

Construction
603,077

 
17,777

 
3.87
%
 
 
408,077

 
12,327

 
3.98
%
 
 
5,755

 
(305
)
 
5,450

Residential
516,172

 
13,623

 
3.52
%
 
 
416,499

 
10,987

 
3.52
%
 
 
2,631

 
5

 
2,636

Personal and home equity
299,900

 
6,893

 
3.07
%
 
 
321,250

 
7,176

 
2.99
%
 
 
(487
)
 
204

 
(283
)
Total loans, excluding covered assets (4)
13,830,914

 
432,569

 
4.11
%
 
 
12,480,601

 
379,581

 
4.01
%
 
 
40,910

 
12,078

 
52,988

Covered assets (5)
24,973

 
421

 
2.24
%
 
 
31,008

 
874

 
3.77
%
 
 
(148
)
 
(305
)
 
(453
)
Total interest-earning assets (3)
17,414,256

 
$
490,724

 
3.71
%
 
 
15,685,194

 
$
431,085

 
3.62
%
 
 
$
48,677

 
$
10,962

 
$
59,639

Cash and due from banks
181,443

 
 
 
 
 
 
172,667

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Allowance for loan and covered loan losses
(173,665
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
(164,213
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other assets
537,921

 
 
 
 
 
 
489,772

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total assets
$
17,959,955

 
 
 
 
 
 
$
16,183,420

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Liabilities and Equity (6):
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest-bearing demand deposits
$
1,578,296

 
$
3,690

 
0.31
%
 
 
$
1,454,272

 
$
2,909

 
0.27
%
 
 
$
262

 
$
519

 
$
781

Savings deposits
394,753

 
1,422

 
0.48
%
 
 
332,820

 
1,004

 
0.40
%
 
 
205

 
213

 
418

Money market accounts
5,947,901

 
18,659

 
0.42
%
 
 
5,749,974

 
13,678

 
0.32
%
 
 
486

 
4,495

 
4,981

Time deposits
2,265,890

 
18,503

 
1.09
%
 
 
2,432,329

 
17,151

 
0.94
%
 
 
(1,075
)
 
2,428

 
1,353

Total interest-bearing deposits
10,186,840

 
42,274

 
0.55
%
 
 
9,969,395

 
34,742

 
0.47
%
 
 
(122
)
 
7,655

 
7,533

Short-term borrowings
683,855

 
2,295

 
0.44
%
 
 
248,679

 
455

 
0.24
%
 
 
1,245

 
595

 
1,840

Long-term debt
538,798

 
15,492

 
3.82
%
 
 
498,634

 
14,948

 
3.99
%
 
 
1,171

 
(627
)
 
544

Total interest-bearing liabilities
11,409,493

 
60,061

 
0.70
%
 
 
10,716,708

 
50,145

 
0.62
%
 
 
2,294

 
7,623

 
9,917

Noninterest-bearing demand deposits
4,525,341

 
 
 
 
 
 
3,744,778

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other liabilities
215,950

 
 
 
 
 
 
148,128

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Equity
1,809,171

 
 
 
 
 
 
1,573,806

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total liabilities and equity
$
17,959,955

 
 
 
 
 
 
$
16,183,420

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net interest spread (3)(6)
 
 
 
 
3.01
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
3.00
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Contribution of noninterest-bearing sources of funds
 
 
 
 
0.24
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
0.20
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net interest income/margin (3)(6)
 
 
$
430,663

 
3.25
%
 
 
 
 
$
380,940

 
3.20
%
 
 
$
46,383

 
$
3,339

 
$
49,722

Less: tax equivalent adjustment
 
 
3,618

 
 
 
 
 
 
3,116

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net interest income, as reported
 
 
$
427,045

 
 
 
 
 
 
$
377,824

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(footnotes on following page)

61


(1) 
For purposes of this table, changes which are not due solely to volume changes or rate changes are allocated to such categories in proportion to the absolute amounts of the change in each.
(2) 
Interest income included $23.1 million and $21.7 million in net loan fees for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 and 2015, respectively.
(3) 
Interest income and yields are presented on a tax-equivalent basis, assuming a federal income tax rate of 35%. This is a non-U.S. GAAP measure. Refer to Table 26, “Non-U.S. GAAP Financial Measures,” for a reconciliation of the effect of the tax-equivalent adjustment.
(4) 
Includes loans held-for-sale and nonaccrual loans. Average loans on a nonaccrual basis for the recognition of interest income totaled $66.5 million and $60.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 and 2015, respectively. Interest foregone on impaired loans was estimated to be approximately $2.1 million and $1.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 and 2015, respectively, calculated based on the average loan portfolio yield for the respective period.
(5) 
Covered interest-earning assets consist of loans acquired through a FDIC-assisted transaction that are subject to a loss share agreement and the related indemnification asset. Refer to the section entitled “Covered Assets” for a detailed discussion.
(6) 
Includes deposits held-for-sale.

As shown in Table 3, net interest margin was 3.25% for the nine months ended September 30, 2016, compared to 3.20% for the nine months ended September 30, 2015. Tax-equivalent net interest income increased $49.7 million to $430.7 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2016, from $380.9 million for the prior year period. The year-over-year increase in net interest income reflected the $1.8 billion of growth in average loans and securities, as well as the impact from the mid-December 2015 rate rise, which lifted yields on our largely variable rate loan portfolio and deposit costs tied to the Fed funds effective rate.

Non-interest Income

Non-interest income is derived from a number of sources including fees from our various commercial products and services such as the sale of derivative products through our capital markets group, treasury management services, lending and servicing and syndication activities, our asset management business, our mortgage banking business and deposit services to our retail clients.

The following table presents a break-out of these multiple sources of revenue for the periods presented.

Table 4
Non-Interest Income Analysis
(Dollars in thousands)

 
Three Months Ended September 30,
 
Nine Months Ended September 30,
 
2016
 
2015
 
% Change
 
2016
 
2015
 
% Change
Asset management income:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Managed fee income
$
5,063

 
$
3,973

 
27

 
$
14,086

 
$
11,985

 
18

Custodian fee income
527

 
489

 
8

 
1,768

 
1,581

 
12

Total asset management income
5,590

 
4,462

 
25

 
15,854

 
13,566

 
17

Mortgage banking
5,060

 
3,340

 
51

 
12,636

 
11,267

 
12

Capital markets products
5,448

 
3,098

 
76

 
16,499

 
12,189

 
35

Treasury management
8,617

 
8,010

 
8

 
25,093

 
22,758

 
10

Loan, letter of credit and commitment fees
5,293

 
5,670

 
-7

 
16,031

 
15,690

 
2

Syndication fees
4,721

 
4,364

 
8

 
15,819

 
12,361

 
28

Deposit service charges and fees and other income
2,885

 
1,585

 
82

 
5,303

 
8,740

 
-39

Subtotal fee income
37,614

 
30,529

 
23

 
107,235

 
96,571

 
11

Net securities gains

 
260

 
-100

 
1,111

 
793

 
40

Total non-interest income
$
37,614

 
$
30,789

 
22

 
$
108,346

 
$
97,364

 
11

n/m
Not meaningful

Three months ended September 30, 2016 compared to three month ended September 30, 2015

Non-interest income for third quarter 2016 totaled $37.6 million, compared to $30.8 million for third quarter 2015, with increases in all core fee income categories except for loan, letter of credit and commitment fees. Certain income sources, such as mortgage banking, capital markets products and syndication fees, are transactional in nature and are significantly impacted by market forces (e.g., interest rates have a significant impact on mortgage banking volume) and, accordingly, tend to fluctuate and generate uneven income from period to period.

62



Assets under management and administration (“AUMA”) are impacted by the general performance in equity and fixed income markets. The pricing on asset management accounts varies depending on the type of services provided. Custody and escrow services involve safeguarding and administering client assets but do not involve providing investment management services. These assets are considered to be “non-managed” AUMA and have a significantly lower fee structure than “managed” AUMA. Managed AUMA are assets for which we provide investment management services and fees from these assets are generally based on the market value of the assets on the last day of the prior quarter or month, which subject these fees to market volatility.

For third quarter 2016, asset management fee income increased by $1.1 million, or 25%, compared to third quarter 2015, with the increase primarily attributable to the addition of a single $2.4 billion corporate trust account (shown below in custody assets) in first quarter 2016, growth in personal managed assets, and, to a lesser extent, price adjustments on certain managed asset accounts. The funds in the large corporate trust account have been gradually disbursed or redeployed during second and third quarter, and we expect this to continue over the next several quarters, with the account fully disbursed or redeployed by the end of 2017. Accordingly, the contribution to our asset management fee income from this account each quarter is declining and is expected to continue declining. Aggregate AUMA at September 30, 2016 increased by $2.9 billion from September 30, 2015 and $2.8 billion from December 31, 2015, largely attributable to the previously mentioned sizeable corporate trust account, a $1.0 billion single corporate retirement account added during second quarter 2016, and growth in personal managed assets.

The following table presents the composition of AUMA as of the dates shown.
(Dollars in thousands)
 
As of
 
% Change
AUMA
 
9/30/2016
 
12/31/2015
 
9/30/2015
 
9/30-12/31
 
9/30-9/30
Personal managed
 
$
2,068,772

 
$
1,872,737

 
$
1,839,829

 
10
 
12
Corporate and institutional managed
 
2,653,264

 
1,787,187

 
1,800,522

 
48
 
47
Total managed assets
 
4,722,036

 
3,659,924

 
3,640,351

 
29
 
30
Custody assets (1)
 
5,326,757

 
3,631,149

 
3,519,364

 
47
 
51
Total AUMA
 
$
10,048,793

 
$
7,291,073

 
$
7,159,715

 
38
 
40
(1) 
September 30, 2016 includes a $1.5 billion corporate trust account for which we do not provide investment management services, but do serve as trustee.

Income from our mortgage banking business, which includes gains on loans sold and certain mortgage related loan fees, grew $1.7 million, or 51%, to $5.1 million in third quarter 2016 compared to $3.3 million for third quarter 2015 due to a higher volume of loans sold during the current quarter compared to the prior year quarter, as well as improved spreads. We sold $145.2 million of mortgage loans in the secondary market, generating gains of $5.1 million in third quarter 2016, compared to $105.3 million of mortgage loans sold, generating gains of $3.3 million, in the prior year quarter. During third quarter 2016, both refinance activity and new home purchases exceeded levels in third quarter 2015.

The following table presents the composition of capital markets income for the past five quarters.
 
Three Months Ended
 
2016
 
2015
(Dollars in thousands)
September 30
 
June 30
 
March 31
 
December 31
 
September 30
Interest rate contracts
$
2,718

 
$
4,942

 
$
5,418

 
$
2,866

 
$
2,423

Foreign exchange contracts
1,820

 
1,943

 
1,685

 
2,297

 
1,902

Risk participation agreements

 

 

 
135

 

Total capital markets income, excluding credit valuation adjustment (“CVA”)
$
4,538

 
$
6,885

 
$
7,103

 
$
5,298

 
$
4,325

CVA
910

 
(1,033
)
 
(1,904
)
 
1,043

 
(1,227
)
Total capital markets income
$
5,448

 
$
5,852

 
$
5,199

 
$
6,341

 
$
3,098


Capital markets income was $5.4 million in third quarter 2016, increasing $2.4 million from third quarter 2015, largely attributable to movement in the CVA. The CVA represents the credit component of fair value with regard to both client-based derivatives and the related matched derivatives with interbank dealer counterparties. Exclusive of CVA, capital markets products income increased $213,000, or 5%, from third quarter 2015, reflecting higher average deal sizes, longer maturities, and higher spreads for interest rate contracts, offset by somewhat lower revenue in foreign exchange (“FX”) transactions. FX transactions generally provide a more stable source of fee income compared to the transactional nature of interest rate contracts, which are significantly influenced

63


by clients’ views on the extent and timing of future interest rate movements. As shown in the table above, over the past five quarters, fees from interest rate contracts have fluctuated period to period due to both volume and size of transactions.

Treasury management income increased $607,000, or 8%, from third quarter 2015 due to higher volume across our treasury management platforms. The current quarter increase reflects the ongoing success in cross-selling our treasury management services to new commercial clients as we continue to build client relationships, with approximately 76% of our commercial clients using treasury management services at September 30, 2016, as well as some price adjustments on certain services. Cross-sell and implementation of treasury management services may lag the closing of a credit facility by three to six months on average.

Loan, letter of credit, and commitment fees declined $377,000, or 7%, from third quarter 2015, driven by lower standby letter of credit fees, partially offset by higher unused commitment fees. The majority of our unused commitment fees related to revolving facilities, which at September 30, 2016 totaled $10.7 billion, of which $5.7 billion were unused. In comparison, at September 30, 2015, commitments related to revolving facilities totaled $9.5 billion, of which $5.0 billion were unused.

Syndication fees of $4.7 million in third quarter 2016 were up $357,000, or 8%, from third quarter 2015. During third quarter 2016, we were the lead or co-lead in 24 syndicated loan transactions, totaling $593.4 million in commitments, of which we retained $272.2 million in commitments. In the prior year period, we were the lead or co-lead in 26 syndicated loan transactions, totaling $725.0 million in commitments, while retaining $292.4 million in commitments. Syndication fees per transaction typically vary depending on, among other factors, market conditions and the size and structure of the transaction, so the aggregate level of syndication fees earned by us in a given period is not entirely correlated with our volume of syndications and our syndication fees can be expected to fluctuate from quarter to quarter. While we generally expect increased syndication opportunities as we grow our loan portfolio and client relationships, our volume of syndication transactions depends on a number of factors, including portfolio management decisions, the mix of loans originated, and liquidity and demand by other institutions for syndicated loans. We believe that a number of macroeconomic conditions, such as declining commodity prices and uncertainty about economic growth, and regulatory developments, such as enhanced regulatory focus on leveraged lending and CRE concentrations, have impacted market demand for syndicated loans, which could reduce our level of syndication fees in future periods.

Deposit service charges and fees and other income increased $1.3 million from third quarter 2015, largely attributable to a gain on the sale of a problem loan.

Nine months ended September 30, 2016 compared to nine months ended September 30, 2015

Non-interest income for the nine months ended September 30, 2016, totaled $108.3 million, increasing $11.0 million, or 11%, compared to $97.4 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2015. We experienced increases in all categories of non-interest income, except for deposit service charges and fees and other income during the nine months ended September 30, 2016. Other income for the first nine months of 2015 included a $4.1 million gain on the sale of our Georgia branch that was completed during first quarter 2015.

Asset management fee income increased 17% to $15.9 million for the first nine months of 2016 compared to the previous year period. The increase was primarily attributable to the addition of a single $2.4 billion corporate trust account in first quarter 2016, growth in personal managed assets of 12% from September 30, 2015, and, to a lesser extent, price adjustments on certain managed asset accounts.

Income from our mortgage banking business increased 12% to $12.6 million in the first nine months of 2016, compared to $11.3 million in the previous year period. The increase resulted from higher spreads on loans sold as volumes were comparable to the year ago period and higher level of origination fees. We sold $377.9 million of mortgage loans in the secondary market, generating gains of $12.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2016, compared to $378.3 million of mortgage loans sold, generating gains of $11.3 million, for the prior year period.

Capital markets income increased $4.3 million from the prior year period to $16.5 million for the current nine months. The current nine months included a negative CVA of $2.0 million compared to a negative CVA of $1.4 million in 2015. Exclusive of CVA adjustments, year-over-year capital markets income was $18.5 million in the current period compared to $13.6 million in the prior year period, an increase of $4.9 million, or 36%. The increase in income is due to higher average deal sizes, longer maturities, and higher spreads for interest rate contracts, offset by somewhat lower revenue in FX transactions as a result of tighter spreads.

Treasury management income increased $2.3 million, or 10%, compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2015. The increase reflected ongoing success in cross-selling treasury management services to our commercial clients.


64


Loan, letter of credit, and commitment fees increased $341,000, or 2%, from the nine months ended September 30, 2015, primarily related to higher levels of unused commitment fees and loan fees, somewhat offset by lower standby letter of credit fees compared to the prior year period.

Syndication fees increased $3.5 million, or 28%, from the nine months ended September 30, 2015. The first nine months of 2016 included a single transaction which contributed $1.9 million of revenue. In the current year-to-date period, we have experienced higher volume from ongoing opportunities as we grow our loan portfolio and client relationships compared to the prior year comparative period.


65


Non-interest Expense

Table 5
Non-Interest Expense Analysis
(Dollars in thousands)
 
 
Three Months Ended September 30,
 
Nine Months Ended September 30,
 
2016
 
2015
 
% Change
 
2016
 
2015
 
% Change
Compensation expense:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Salaries and wages
$
30,923

 
$
28,143

 
10

 
$
90,221

 
$
82,605

 
9

Share-based costs
4,728

 
4,509

 
5

 
15,703

 
13,968

 
12

Incentive compensation and commissions
15,604

 
13,308

 
17

 
44,793

 
37,461

 
20

Payroll taxes, insurance and retirement costs
4,634

 
4,059

 
14

 
18,837

 
18,366

 
3

Total compensation expense
55,889

 
50,019

 
12

 
169,554

 
152,400

 
11

Net occupancy and equipment expense
7,099

 
7,098

 

 
21,326

 
21,087

 
1

Technology and related costs
6,282

 
4,665

 
35

 
17,062

 
13,540

 
26

Marketing
4,587

 
3,682

 
25

 
12,916

 
11,926

 
8

Professional services
2,865

 
3,679

 
-22

 
15,349

 
8,574

 
79

Outsourced servicing costs
1,379

 
1,786

 
-23

 
5,271

 
5,500

 
-4

Net foreclosed property expense
965

 
1,080

 
-11

 
1,891

 
2,993

 
-37

Postage, telephone, and delivery
818

 
857

 
-5

 
2,603

 
2,618

 
-1

Insurance
3,931

 
3,667

 
7

 
11,730

 
10,328

 
14

Loan and collection:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loan origination and servicing expense
1,716

 
1,522

 
13

 
4,679

 
4,755

 
-2

Loan remediation expense
256

 
802

 
-68

 
842

 
2,047

 
-59

Total loan and collection expense
1,972

 
2,324

 
-15

 
5,521

 
6,802

 
-19

Other operating expense:
 
 
 
 


 
 
 
 
 
 
Supplies and printing
163

 
129

 
26

 
378

 
471

 
-20

Subscriptions and dues
430

 
355

 
21

 
1,314

 
986

 
33

Education and training
282

 
256

 
10

 
839

 
901

 
-7

Internal travel and entertainment
695

 
526

 
32

 
1,710

 
1,324

 
29

Investment manager expense
569

 
649

 
-12

 
1,664

 
1,959

 
-15

Bank charges
316

 
338

 
-7

 
953

 
934

 
2

Intangibles amortization
540

 
578

 
-7

 
1,621

 
1,877

 
-14

Provision for unfunded commitments
1,918

 
2,048

 
-6

 
3,888

 
2,931

 
33

Other expenses
1,220

 
1,439

 
-15

 
1,039

 
3,066

 
-66

Total other operating expenses
6,133

 
6,318

 
-3

 
13,406

 
14,449

 
-7

Total non-interest expense
$
91,920

 
$
85,175

 
8

 
$
276,629

 
$
250,217

 
11

Full-time equivalent (“FTE”) employees at period end
1,292

 
1,224

 
6

 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating efficiency ratios:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Non-interest expense to average assets
1.96
%
 
2.04
%
 
 
 
2.06
%
 
2.07
%
 
 
Net overhead ratio (1)
1.16
%
 
1.30
%
 
 
 
1.25
%
 
1.26
%
 
 
Efficiency ratio (2)
49.87
%
 
52.21
%
 
 
 
51.32
%
 
52.31
%
 
 
Note: Certain reclassifications have been made to prior period amounts to conform to the current period presentation.
(1) 
Computed as non-interest expense, less non-interest income, annualized, divided by average total assets.
(2) 
Computed as non-interest expense divided by the sum of net interest income on a tax-equivalent basis and non-interest income. The efficiency ratio is presented on a tax-equivalent basis, assuming a federal income tax rate of 35%. See Table 24, “Non-U.S. GAAP Financial Measures,” for a reconciliation of the effect of the tax-equivalent adjustment.

66


Three months ended September 30, 2016 compared to three months ended September 30, 2015

Non-interest expense increased by $6.7 million, or 8%, compared to third quarter 2015. Higher compensation expense largely contributed to the current quarter increase compared to the prior year period.

Compensation expense, which is comprised of salary and wages, share-based costs, incentive compensation and payroll taxes, insurance and retirement costs, increased $5.9 million, or 12%, from third quarter 2015. Salary and wages were up $2.8 million, or 10%, primarily due to a larger employee base compared to levels at September 30, 2015, as well as annual compensation and promotion adjustments. Incentive compensation increased by $2.3 million, or 17%, compared to the prior year period, reflecting improved performance resulting in higher incentive compensation plan expense and mortgage banking commissions. Payroll taxes, insurance and retirement costs were up $575,000, reflecting higher medical insurance expense as a result of a higher level of claims during the quarter compared to the prior year quarter.

Marketing expense increased $905,000, or 25%, reflecting higher costs associated with sponsorships and contributions on a comparative basis, which were somewhat offset by lower advertising costs as a result of the timing of various advertising campaigns compared to the prior year period.

Professional services expense, which includes fees paid for legal services in connection with corporate activities, accounting, and consulting services, declined $814,000, or 22%, from third quarter 2015, primarily due to lower consulting services costs in the current quarter, as the prior year quarter included additional consulting services related to investments in operational and technology enhancements.

Loan and collection expense, which consists of certain non-reimbursable costs associated with loan origination and servicing, as well as loan remediation costs for problem and nonperforming loans, declined $352,000 from third quarter 2015, as the prior year quarter included higher loan remediation costs related to a single problem loan resolution.

Our efficiency ratio was 49.9% for third quarter 2016, compared to 52.2% for third quarter 2015. Further meaningful improvement in the efficiency ratio will likely depend on a rise in short-term interest rates, which we expect would cause an increase in our net interest income without a corresponding increase to our non-interest expenses.

Nine months ended September 30, 2016 compared to nine months ended September 30, 2015

Non-interest expense increased $26.4 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2016, compared to the prior year period, primarily related to increases in compensation and professional services expense. Included in the nine months ended September 30, 2016 were $6.4 million of transaction-related expenses associated with the proposed transaction with CIBC that were largely reflected in professional services expense.

Compensation expense increased overall by $17.2 million, or 11%, from the prior year period due to additional staff, annual compensation adjustments and increased incentive compensation accruals. Salary and wages were up $7.6 million, or 9%, primarily due to a higher FTE base, as well as annual compensation adjustments. Share-based costs increased $1.7 million, or 12%, attributable to a higher volume of awards granted during first quarter 2016 that met a shortened expense recognition period related to certain retirement provisions and a higher level of annual awards granted. Incentive compensation and commissions increased $7.3 million, or 20%, from the prior period reflecting improved performance resulting in higher incentive compensation and commissions on a higher FTE basis.

Professional services expense, which includes fees paid for legal services in connection with corporate activities, accounting, and consulting services, increased $6.8 million from the nine months ended September 30, 2015, as second quarter 2016 results included $6.4 million of transaction-related costs.

Net foreclosed property expenses declined $1.1 million, or 37%, compared to the prior year period. The decline in net foreclosed property expenses primarily related to an $882,000 in reduction in OREO valuation write-downs compared to the prior year period.

Insurance costs increased $1.4 million, or 14%, for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 compared to the prior year period. Higher insurance costs primarily related to larger FDIC deposit insurance premiums in 2016, reflecting overall asset growth and, to a lesser extent, an increase in the rate paid due to changes to the overall composition of our balance sheet.

Loan and collection expense decreased $1.3 million, or 19%, for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 compared to the prior year period, which included higher loan remediation costs related to problem loan resolution on two specific credits.


67


Other operating expenses declined $1.0 million, or 7%, for the nine months ended September 30, 2016, compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2015. Lower other operating expenses was largely due to a decline in various miscellaneous other expenses, including a $2.3 million decrease in CRA investments expense, which was somewhat offset by an increase in the provision for unfunded commitments of $957,000 compared to the prior year period.

Income Taxes

Our provision for income taxes includes federal, state and local income tax expense. For the quarter ended September 30, 2016, we recorded an income tax provision of $26.6 million on pre-tax income of $75.5 million (equal to a 35.3% effective tax rate) compared to an income tax provision of $27.4 million on pre-tax income of $72.6 million for the three months ended September 30, 2015 (equal to a 37.7% effective tax rate).

For the nine months ended September 30, 2016, income tax expense totaled $82.3 million on pre-tax income of $231.1 million (equal to a 35.6% effective tax rate) compared to an income tax provision of $79.8 million on pre-tax income of $213.0 million (equal to a 37.5% effective tax rate) for the nine months ended September 30, 2015. The lower tax rate in 2016 is attributable to tax benefits from the adoption of a new accounting standard related to the accounting for income taxes associated with share-based compensation and additional new market tax credits.

Net deferred tax assets totaled $103.3 million at September 30, 2016. We have concluded that it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will be realized and, accordingly, no valuation allowance was recorded during the quarter. This conclusion was based in part on the fact that the Company had cumulative book income for financial statement purposes at September 30, 2016, measured on a trailing three-year basis. In addition, we considered the Company’s recent earnings history, on both a book and tax basis, and our outlook for earnings and taxable income in future periods.

Operating Segments Results

We have three primary operating segments: Banking, Asset Management, and Holding Company Activities.

Banking

The Banking operating segment is comprised of commercial and personal banking services. Commercial banking services are primarily provided to corporations and other business clients and include a wide array of lending and cash management products. Personal banking services offered to individuals, professionals, and entrepreneurs include direct lending and depository services.

Our Banking segment is the Company’s most significant segment, representing 89% of consolidated total assets and generating nearly all of our net income. The profitability of our Banking segment is dependent on net interest income, provision for loan and covered loan losses, non-interest income (exclusive of asset management fees), and non-interest expense (exclusive of such expenses attributable to our asset management business). The net income for the Banking segment for third quarter 2016 was $52.8 million, an increase of $3.0 million from net income of $49.8 million for the prior year period. The increase in net income for the Banking segment was primarily due to a $14.4 million increase in net interest income resulting from $1.4 billion, or 11%, in average loan growth since the prior year period coupled with higher short-term rates. The provision for loan losses was up $11.5 million from the third quarter 2015, reflecting loan growth and some credit migration. Non-interest expense for the Banking segment increased by $6.5 million from the prior year period, largely due to higher salaries and benefits expense, driven by an increase in staffing, annual salary and promotional adjustments, as well as higher performance-based incentive compensation costs.

Total loans for the Banking segment increased $1.4 billion to $14.7 billion at September 30, 2016, from $13.3 billion at December 31, 2015. Total deposits were $15.5 billion and $14.4 billion at September 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively.

Asset Management

The Asset Management segment includes certain activities of our Private Wealth group, including investment management, personal trust and estate administration, custodial and escrow services, retirement account administration, and brokerage services. The private banking activities of our Private Wealth group are included with the Banking segment.

Net income from Asset Management increased to $1.3 million for third quarter 2016 from $942,000 for the prior year period, reflecting the benefit of adding a new $2.4 billion corporate trust account during first quarter 2016, growth in personal managed assets, and, to a lesser extent, price adjustments on certain managed asset accounts. AUMA totaled $10.0 billion at September 30,

68


2016, compared to $7.2 billion at September 30, 2015, primarily reflecting the sizeable corporate trust addition noted above, $1.0 billion added from a single corporate retirement account, and growth in personal managed assets.

Holding Company Activities

The Holding Company Activities segment consists of parent company-only activity and intersegment eliminations. The Holding Company’s most significant asset is its investment in the Bank. Undistributed earnings relating to this investment is not included in the Holding Company financial results. Holding Company financial results are represented primarily by interest expense on borrowings and operating expenses. Recurring operating expenses consist primarily of compensation expense allocated to the Holding Company and professional fees. For the third quarter 2016, the net loss for the Holding Company Activities segment was $5.2 million, compared to a net loss of $5.4 million for the third quarter 2015. The Holding Company had $50.4 million in cash at September 30, 2016, compared to $61.5 million at December 31, 2015.

Additional information about our operating segments are also discussed in Note 18 of “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” in Item 1 of this Form 10-Q.

FINANCIAL CONDITION

Total assets were $19.1 billion at September 30, 2016, an 11% increase in total assets from $17.3 billion at December 31, 2015. Total loans were $14.7 billion at September 30, 2016, compared to $13.3 billion at December 31, 2015. Our total deposits increased to $15.5 billion at September 30, 2016 from $14.3 billion at December 31, 2015. Total stockholders’ equity increased 11% from $1.7 billion at December 31, 2015 to $1.9 billion at September 30, 2016.

Investment Portfolio Management

We manage our investment securities portfolio to maximize the return on invested funds within acceptable risk guidelines, meet pledging and liquidity requirements, and adjust balance sheet interest rate sensitivity in an effort to protect net interest income levels against the impact of changes in interest rates. Investments in the portfolio are comprised of debt securities, primarily residential mortgage-backed securities and, to a lesser extent, state and municipal securities.

We may adjust the size and composition of our securities portfolio according to a number of factors, including expected liquidity needs, the current and forecasted interest rate environment, our actual and anticipated balance sheet growth rate, the relative value of various segments of the securities markets, and the broader economic and regulatory environment.

Debt securities that are classified as available-for-sale are carried at fair value and may be sold as part of our asset/liability management strategy in response to changes in interest rates, liquidity needs or significant prepayment risk. Unrealized gains and losses on available-for-sale securities represent the difference between the aggregate cost and fair value of the portfolio and are reported, on an after-tax basis, as a separate component of equity in accumulated other comprehensive income (“AOCI”). This balance sheet component will fluctuate as market interest rates and conditions change, with such changes affecting the aggregate fair value of the portfolio. In periods of significant market volatility, we may experience significant changes in AOCI.

Debt securities that are classified as held-to-maturity are securities for which we have the ability and intent to hold them until maturity and are accounted for using historical cost, as adjusted for amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts.


69


Table 6
Investment Securities Portfolio Valuation Summary
(Dollars in thousands)
 
 
As of September 30, 2016
 
As of December 31, 2015
 
Fair
Value
 
Amortized
Cost
 
% of
Total
 
Fair
Value
 
Amortized
Cost
 
% of
Total
Available-for-Sale
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. Treasury
$
477,601

 
$
473,754

 
13

 
$
321,651

 
$
322,922

 
10
U.S. Agencies
46,556

 
46,159

 
2

 
46,098

 
46,504

 
1
Collateralized mortgage obligations
82,265

 
79,157

 
2

 
99,972

 
97,260

 
3
Residential mortgage-backed securities
878,963

 
856,874

 
24

 
829,855

 
817,006

 
27
State and municipal securities
475,714

 
461,468

 
13

 
467,790

 
458,402

 
15
Total available-for-sale
1,961,099

 
1,917,412

 
54

 
1,765,366

 
1,742,094

 
56
Held-to-Maturity
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Collateralized mortgage obligations
43,110

 
43,516

 
1

 
48,979

 
50,708

 
2
Residential mortgage-backed securities
1,329,862

 
1,307,065

 
37

 
1,069,572

 
1,069,746

 
34
Commercial mortgage-backed securities
284,238

 
278,095

 
8

 
228,063

 
229,722

 
7
State and municipal securities
255

 
254

 
*

 
254

 
254

 
*
Foreign sovereign debt
500

 
500

 
*

 
500

 
500

 
*
Other securities
3,759

 
3,805

 
*

 
3,873

 
4,353

 
*
Total held-to-maturity
1,661,724

 
1,633,235

 
46

 
1,351,241

 
1,355,283

 
44
Total securities
$
3,622,823

 
$
3,550,647

 
100

 
$
3,116,607

 
$
3,097,377

 
100
*
Less than 1%

As of September 30, 2016, our securities portfolio totaled $3.6 billion, increasing 16% compared to December 31, 2015. During the nine months ended September 30, 2016, purchases of securities totaled $825.6 million, with $385.0 million in the available-for-sale portfolio and $440.6 million in the held-to-maturity portfolio. The current year purchases in the investment portfolio primarily represented the reinvestment of proceeds from sales, maturities and paydowns in largely similar agency guaranteed residential mortgage-backed securities and state and municipal securities as well as purchases of U.S. Treasury securities, state and municipal securities and agency guaranteed residential and commercial mortgage-backed securities.

In conjunction with ongoing portfolio management and rebalancing activities, during the nine months ended September 30, 2016, we sold $45.4 million in state and municipal securities, resulting in a net securities gain of $1.1 million.

Investments in collateralized mortgage obligations and residential and commercial mortgage-backed securities comprised 72% of the total portfolio at September 30, 2016. All of the mortgage-backed securities are backed by U.S. Government agencies or issued by U.S. Government-sponsored enterprises. All residential mortgage-backed securities are composed of fixed-rate, fully-amortizing collateral with final maturities of 30 years or less.

Investments in debt instruments of state and local municipalities comprised 13% of the total portfolio at September 30, 2016. This type of security has historically experienced very low default rates and provided a predictable cash flow because it generally is not subject to significant prepayment. For a portion of our state and local municipality debt instruments, insurance companies and state programs provide credit enhancement to improve the credit rating and liquidity of the issuance. Management considers underlying municipality credit strength and any credit enhancement when evaluating a purchase or sale decision.

We do not hold direct exposure to the obligations of the State of Illinois. We hold some bonds from municipalities in Illinois, but the finances of these municipalities are not primarily dependent on the finances of the State of Illinois.

At September 30, 2016, our reported equity reflected unrealized net securities gains on available-for-sale securities, net of tax, of $26.7 million, an increase of $12.7 million from December 31, 2015, primarily due to decreases in interest rates and the corresponding increase in the value of the securities. We continue to add, as needed, to the held-to-maturity portfolio to mitigate the potential future market volatility of adding bonds to the available-for-sale portfolio in a low interest rate environment.


70


The following table summarizes activity in the Company’s investment securities portfolio during 2016. There were no transfers of securities between investment categories during the year.

Table 7
Investment Portfolio Activity
(Dollars in thousands)
 
 
Three Months Ended September 30, 2016
 
Nine Months Ended September 30, 2016
 
 
Securities Available-for-Sale
 
Securities Held-to-Maturity
 
Available-for-Sale
 
Held-to-Maturity
 
Balance at beginning of period
$
1,864,636

 
$
1,435,334

 
$
1,765,366

 
$
1,355,283

 
Additions:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Purchases
162,029

 
262,225

 
385,037

 
440,603

 
Reductions:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Sales proceeds

 

 
(45,446
)
 

 
Net gains on sale

 

 
1,111

 

 
Principal maturities, prepayments and calls
(54,838
)
 
(61,366
)
 
(155,753
)
 
(155,086
)
 
Amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts
(3,425
)
 
(2,958
)
 
(9,631
)
 
(7,565
)
 
Total reductions
(58,263
)
 
(64,324
)
 
(209,719
)
 
(162,651
)
 
(Decrease) increase in market value
(7,303
)
 

(1) 
20,415

 

(1) 
Balance at end of period
$
1,961,099

 
$
1,633,235

 
$
1,961,099

 
$
1,633,235

 
(1) 
The held-to-maturity portfolio is recorded at cost, with no adjustment for the $4.0 million unrealized loss in the portfolio at the beginning of 2016 or the decrease in market value of $875,000 for the three months ended September 30, 2016, and the increase in market value of $33.4 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2016.


71


The following table presents the maturities of the different types of investments that we owned at September 30, 2016, and the corresponding interest rates.

Table 8
Maturity Distribution and Portfolio Yields
(Dollars in thousands)

 
As of September 30, 2016
 
One Year or Less
 
One Year to Five
Years
 
Five Years to Ten Years
 
After 10 years
 
Amortized
Cost
 
Yield to
Maturity
 
Amortized
Cost
 
Yield to
Maturity
 
Amortized
Cost
 
Yield to
Maturity
 
Amortized
Cost
 
Yield to
Maturity
Securities Available-for-Sale
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. Treasury
$
24,998

 
0.88
%
 
$
322,059

 
1.21
%
 
$
126,697

 
1.41
%
 
$

 
%
U.S. Agencies

 
%
 
46,159

 
1.30
%
 

 
%
 

 
%
Collateralized mortgage obligations (1)
5,342

 
3.62
%
 
73,815

 
3.17
%
 

 
%
 

 
%
Residential mortgage-backed securities (1)
1,834

 
4.99
%
 
384,040

 
3.23
%
 
459,103

 
2.29
%
 
11,897

 
3.01
%
State and municipal securities (2)
24,375

 
2.16
%
 
162,265

 
1.97
%
 
267,359

 
2.09
%
 
7,469

 
1.46
%
Total available-for-sale
56,549

 
1.82
%
 
988,338

 
2.27
%
 
853,159

 
2.10
%
 
19,366

 
2.41
%
Securities Held-to-Maturity
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Collateralized mortgage obligations (1)

 
%
 
43,516

 
1.40
%
 

 
%
 

 
%
Residential mortgage-backed securities (1)

 
%
 
437,381

 
2.33
%
 
412,614

 
2.53
%
 
457,070

 
2.90
%
Commercial mortgage-backed securities (1)

 
%
 
146,841

 
1.85
%
 
131,254

 
2.41
%
 

 
%
State and municipal securities (2)
132

 
2.67
%
 
122

 
2.94
%
 

 
%
 

 
%
Foreign sovereign debt

 
%
 
500

 
1.76
%
 

 
%
 

 
%
Other securities

 
%
 
3,805

 
7.04
%
 

 
%
 

 
%
Total held-to-maturity
132

 
2.67
%
 
632,165

 
2.18
%
 
543,868

 
2.50
%
 
457,070

 
2.90
%
Total securities
$
56,681

 
1.83
%
 
$
1,620,503

 
2.24
%
 
$
1,397,027

 
2.25
%
 
$
476,436

 
2.88
%
(1) 
The repricing distributions and yields to maturity of collateralized mortgage obligations and mortgage-backed securities are based on average life of expected cash flows. Actual repricings and yields of the securities may differ from those reflected in the table depending upon actual interest rates and prepayment speeds.
(2) 
The maturity date of state and municipal bonds is based on contractual maturity, unless the bond, based on current market prices, is deemed to have a high probability that a call right will be exercised, in which case the call date is used as the maturity date.

Loan Portfolio and Credit Quality (excluding covered assets)

The following discussion of our loan portfolio and credit quality excludes covered assets. Covered assets represent assets acquired through an FDIC-assisted transaction that are subject to a loss share agreement and are presented separately on the consolidated statements of financial condition. For additional discussion of covered assets, refer to “Covered Assets” below in this “Management’s Discussion and Analysis”.


72


Portfolio Composition

Table 9
Loan Portfolio
(Dollars in thousands)
 
September 30,
2016
 
% of
Total
 
December 31,
2015
 
% of
Total
 
% Change in Balances
Commercial and industrial
$
7,446,754

 
51
 
$
6,747,389

 
51
 
10

Commercial – owner-occupied real estate
2,062,614

 
14
 
1,888,238

 
14
 
9

Total commercial
9,509,368

 
65
 
8,635,627

 
65
 
10

Commercial real estate
2,946,687

 
20
 
2,629,873

 
20
 
12

Commercial real estate – multi-family
883,850

 
6
 
722,637

 
5
 
22

Total commercial real estate
3,830,537

 
26
 
3,352,510

 
25
 
14

Construction
496,773

 
3
 
522,263

 
4
 
-5

Total commercial real estate and construction
4,327,310

 
29
 
3,874,773

 
29
 
12

Residential real estate
525,836

 
4
 
461,412

 
4
 
14

Home equity
124,367

 
1
 
129,317

 
1
 
-4

Personal
167,689

 
1
 
165,346

 
1
 
1

Total loans
$
14,654,570

 
100
 
$
13,266,475

 
100
 
10


Total loans increased $1.4 billion during the nine months ended September 30, 2016 to $14.7 billion at September 30, 2016, compared to $13.3 billion at December 31, 2015, reflecting growth primarily in commercial and commercial real estate loans. During the nine months ended September 30, 2016, new loans to new clients totaled $1.3 billion, and growth in existing clients, net of paydowns, totaled $1.3 billion. Payoffs were $1.2 billion for the nine months ended September 30, 2016. Our five-quarter trailing average loan growth was approximately $529.5 million at September 30, 2016, increasing $141.0 million compared to $388.5 million a year ago. Revolving line usage on the overall loan portfolio decreased slightly to 46% at September 30, 2016, from 47% at December 31, 2015.

Our loan growth was primarily driven by growth in the commercial and CRE loan portfolios, which increased $873.7 million and $478.0 million, respectively, from December 31, 2015 to September 30, 2016. Within the commercial portfolio, we saw growth in multiple industry segments, with the largest being the finance and insurance segment, which increased $269.8 million from year end. We also saw growth across multiple asset classes in the CRE portfolio. Multi-family is the largest asset class in the CRE portfolio, representing 23% of the total CRE portfolio at September 30, 2016, compared to 22% at December 31, 2015.

Heightened competition from both bank and nonbank lenders has affected, and continues to affect, borrowers’ expectations regarding both pricing and loan structure, which may impact our growth rate due to increasing availability in the market of financing alternatives offering terms outside our pricing and risk tolerances. Our primary strategy is focused on developing new relationships that generate opportunities to provide comprehensive banking services to our clients and, accordingly, we seek to maintain a disciplined approach when pricing and structuring new credit opportunities.
We generally earn higher yields on our commercial and industrial portfolio, particularly related to our specialized lending products, such as healthcare and security alarm financing, compared to other segments of our loan portfolio. We also have greater potential to cross-sell other products and services, such as treasury management services, to our commercial and industrial lending clients.

In the normal course of our business, we participate in loan transactions that involve a number of banks in an effort to maintain and build client relationships while managing portfolio risk, with a view to cross-selling products and originating loans for the borrowers in the future. Although we often strive to lead or co-lead the arrangement, we also participate in transactions led by other banks when we have a relationship with, or seek to develop a relationship with, the borrower. Loan syndications assist us with decreasing credit exposure linked to individual client relationships or loan concentrations by industry, type or size. Of our $14.7 billion in total loans at September 30, 2016, we were party to $5.4 billion of loans with other financial institutions, consisting of $2.6 billion in retained balances in syndicated loans that were led or co-led by us and $2.8 billion for which we were a non-lead participant in the syndicated loan. Within this $5.4 billion portfolio, $3.2 billion of loans were shared national credits (“SNCs”), of which we were the lead or co-lead in $1.2 billion and the non-lead participant for $2.0 billion. SNCs are defined as loan commitments of at least $20 million that are shared by three or more regulatory depository institutions. Of the $1.3 billion of new loans to new clients during the first nine months of 2016, approximately $171 million, or 13%, were SNCs. To the extent financing

73


opportunities we pursue exceed our risk appetite for larger credit exposures and we are not able to syndicate the loan transactions, our loan growth may be impacted.

The following table summarizes the composition of our commercial loan portfolio at September 30, 2016, and December 31, 2015 based on our most significant industry segments, as classified pursuant to the North American Industrial Classification System standard industry description. These categories are based on the nature of the client’s ongoing business activity as opposed to the collateral underlying an individual loan. To the extent that a client’s underlying business activity changes, classification differences between periods will arise.

Table 10
Commercial Loan Portfolio Composition by Industry Segment
(Dollars in thousands)
 
 
September 30, 2016
 
December 31, 2015
 
Amount
 
% of Total
 
Amount
 
% of Total
Manufacturing
$
1,957,888

 
21
 
$
1,810,085

 
21
Healthcare
1,939,350

 
20
 
1,807,764

 
21
Finance and insurance
1,603,178

 
17
 
1,333,363

 
15
Wholesale trade
815,370

 
9
 
768,571

 
9
Professional, scientific and technical services
599,732

 
6
 
574,278

 
7
Real estate, rental and leasing
537,135

 
6
 
542,437

 
6
Administrative, support, waste management and remediation services
499,734

 
5
 
481,827

 
5
Architecture, engineering and construction
280,378

 
3
 
252,351

 
3
Telecommunication and publishing
243,865

 
3
 
203,994

 
2
Retail
241,295

 
3
 
228,935

 
3
All other (1)
791,443

 
7
 
632,022

 
8
Total commercial (2)
$
9,509,368

 
100
 
$
8,635,627

 
100
(1) 
All other consists of numerous smaller balances across a variety of industries with no category greater than 2% of total loans.
(2) 
Includes owner-occupied commercial real estate of $2.1 billion at September 30, 2016 and $1.9 billion at December 31, 2015.

Our manufacturing portfolio, representing 21% of our commercial lending portfolio and 13% of the total portfolio at September 30, 2016, is well diversified among sub-industry and product types. The manufacturing industry classification is a key component of our core business. During the second half of 2015 and into 2016, the U.S. manufacturing sector experienced a significant slowdown, as evidenced by declines or slowing rates of growth in a number of key indicators, due in part to the economic headwinds of lower commodity prices, a strong U.S. dollar, and declining oil and gas prices, with particular stress faced by durable goods manufacturing. This stress could adversely impact our existing portfolio and/or our future loan growth rate.

Our healthcare portfolio totaled $1.9 billion at September 30, 2016, comparable to December 31, 2015. We have a specialized niche in the skilled nursing, assisted living, and residential care segment of the healthcare industry. Loan relationships to these providers tend to be larger extensions of credit with borrowers primarily represented by for-profit businesses. At September 30, 2016, 20% of our commercial loan portfolio and 15% of our total loan portfolio was composed of loans extended primarily to operators in this segment to finance the working capital needs and cost of facilities providing such services. The facilities securing the loans are dependent, in part, on the receipt of payments and reimbursements under government contracts for services provided. Accordingly, our clients and their ability to service this debt may be adversely impacted by the financial health of state or federal payors. In recent years, there have been reductions in the reimbursement rates in certain states and government entities are taking longer to reimburse providers. For example, in the State of Illinois, the Medicaid reimbursement rate was reduced and the budget impasse, which has resulted in the state operating without a budget since June 30, 2015, has contributed to reduced Medicaid payments to healthcare providers. Although our healthcare commercial loan portfolio is well diversified across 27 states, loans to borrowers in the State of Illinois represented our highest geographic concentration of healthcare loans at 22% of the healthcare commercial loan portfolio, or $417.7 million, as of September 30, 2016. The challenged financial condition of the State of Illinois has had some adverse effects on the cash flow position of some of our Illinois-based healthcare borrowers. Despite this impact on client cash flows, to date, the healthcare loan portfolio has experienced minimal defaults and losses. We are actively monitoring the Illinois budget situation and its potential impact on our borrowers to manage the risks presented by the state’s budget problems and overall challenged financial condition. In addition, across the broader healthcare industry, structural changes to government reimbursements may negatively impact performance for managed care facilities as borrowers adapt to the changes, particularly higher cost operators with thinner margins.

The third largest segment of our commercial loan portfolio is the finance and insurance portfolio, which increased $269.8 million since December 31, 2015 and now represents 17% of our commercial lending portfolio at September 30, 2016 compared to 15% at December 31, 2015. The increase in the portfolio was primarily due to an increase in specialty finance loans, which totaled $483.5 million as of September 30, 2016, up from $388.2 million at December 31, 2015. This type of lending represents loans to nonbank specialty finance lenders that provide various types of financing to their customers, such as consumer financing, auto financing, equipment financing or other types of asset-based lending. The growth in this portfolio is a result of pursuing new opportunities to add specialized industry knowledge amongst our client relationship managers, with an expanded team in 2015 and a greater presence in the market. During the nine months ended September 30, 2016, outstanding loans under bridge lines to private equity funds, which provide such funds with liquidity as a bridge to the next capital call from their investors, declined by $43.9 million. The terms of such loans are generally between 90 and 120 days and, given their purpose, these loans generally remain outstanding for a short period of time. Amounts outstanding under these lines generally will fluctuate from quarter to quarter given their transactional nature. At September 30, 2016, amounts outstanding under bridge lines totaled $196.1 million compared to $239.9 million at December 31, 2015.

The following table summarizes our CRE and construction loan portfolios by collateral type at September 30, 2016, and December 31, 2015.

Table 11
Commercial Real Estate and Construction Loan Portfolios by Collateral Type
(Dollars in thousands)
 
 
September 30, 2016
 
December 31, 2015
 
Amount
 
% of
Total
 
Amount
 
% of
Total
Commercial Real Estate
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Multi-family
$
883,850

 
23
 
$
722,637

 
22
Retail
799,484

 
21
 
763,179

 
23
Office
709,493

 
19
 
572,711

 
17
Healthcare
346,675

 
9
 
335,918

 
10
Industrial/warehouse
417,314

 
11
 
319,958

 
9
Land
221,090

 
6
 
247,190

 
7
Residential 1-4 family
53,524

 
1
 
86,214

 
3
Mixed use/other
399,107

 
10
 
304,703

 
9
Total commercial real estate
$
3,830,537

 
100
 
$
3,352,510

 
100
Construction
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Multi-family
$
190,744

 
38
 
$
130,020

 
25
Healthcare
32,063

 
6
 
62,460

 
12
Retail
77,878

 
16
 
107,327

 
21
Office
49,663

 
10
 
84,459

 
16
Condominiums
30,629

 
6
 
37,451

 
7
Industrial/warehouse
55,470

 
11
 
46,530

 
9
Residential 1-4 family
21,048

 
4
 
21,849

 
4
Land
1,648

 
*
 

 
Mixed use/other
37,630

 
9
 
32,167

 
6
Total construction
$
496,773

 
100
 
$
522,263

 
100
* Less than 0.1%

Of the combined CRE and construction portfolios, the three largest categories at September 30, 2016, were multi-family, retail and office, which represented 25%, 20% and 18%, respectively. Generally, we are a short-to-intermediate term real estate lender,

74


and our CRE and construction portfolio strategies focus on core real estate classes in the markets in which we operate and established sponsors and developers with which we have prior experience, other banking relationships, or the opportunity to offer comprehensive banking relationships. Within the multi-family asset type, we believe we are well diversified across property types (low-rise, mid-rise, and high-rise structures), unit types (traditional unit sizes, micro units, etc.), class (luxury class A, mid-point class B, etc.) and location. Additionally, the multi-family asset type is further diversified with a combination of stabilization of prior construction projects, existing property improvements, and stable assets with strong recurring cash flows. Payoffs during the nine months ended September 30, 2016 included property sales and refinancing into the long-term market.

Portfolio Risk Management

In conjunction with our commercial middle market focus, our lending activities sometimes involve larger credit relationships. Due to the larger size of these loans, the unexpected occurrence of an event or development with respect to one or more of these loans that adversely impacts the value of collateral securing the loan, the success of a workout strategy or our ability to return the loan to performing status could materially and adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

The following table summarizes our credit relationships with commitments greater than $25 million as of September 30, 2016, and December 31, 2015.

Table 12
Client Relationships with Commitments Greater Than $25 Million
(Dollars in thousands)

 
September 30, 2016
 
December 31, 2015
Commitments greater than $25 million
 
 
 
Number of client relationships
168

 
149

Percentage that are commercial and industrial businesses
87
%
 
88
%
Aggregate amount of commitments
$
5,646,739

 
$
4,976,666

Funded loan balances
$
3,290,151

 
$
2,841,801

Funded loan balances as a percent of total loan portfolio
22
%
 
21
%

As part of the risk-based deposit insurance assessment framework, the FDIC has established a regulatory classification of “higher-risk assets,” which include higher-risk commercial and industrial loans (funded and unfunded), construction and development loans (funded and unfunded), non-traditional mortgages, and higher-risk consumer loans. As part of our overall portfolio risk management, we have developed a plan to manage our level of higher-risk assets relative to our capital position and within our overall risk appetite and generally have focused in recent periods on being selective in originating loans that are classified as higher-risk assets. The following table summarizes our higher-risk assets as of September 30, 2016, and December 31, 2015.

Table 13 (1) 
Higher-Risk Assets
(Amounts in thousands)

 
September 30, 2016
 
December 31, 2015
 
Outstanding

 
Unfunded Commitment
 
Outstanding

 
Unfunded Commitment
Commercial and industrial
$
1,554,057

 
$
507,752

 
$
1,501,418

 
$
484,654

Construction and development
695,610

 
656,346

 
789,637

 
958,829

Non-traditional mortgages
790

 

 
959

 

Consumer
9,659

 

 
10,445

 

Total
$
2,260,116

 
$
1,164,098

 
$
2,302,459

 
$
1,443,483

(1) 
Loan category classification is based on the FDIC’s regulatory definitions.

Higher-risk commercial and industrial loans include a majority of our total leveraged loan portfolio and are primarily underwritten on the recurring earnings of the borrower, where the ratio of debt-to-earnings is elevated compared to other commercial loans that are not characterized as higher-risk. Our higher-risk commercial and industrial loans are spread across multiple industries, generally

75


command higher loan yields as a premium for underwriting the additional risk attributable to the leveraged position of the underlying borrower, and typically have lower collateral coverage than similar commercial and industrial loans that are not classified by the FDIC as higher-risk assets. Based on our historical experience, the loss factors and the probability of default for loans underwritten with such characteristics have generally been higher than our commercial and industrial loan portfolio as a whole and we take this into account in establishing our allowance for loan losses.

Maturity and Interest Rate Sensitivity of Loan Portfolio

The following table summarizes the maturity distribution of our loan portfolio as of September 30, 2016, by category, as well as the interest rate sensitivity of loans in these categories that have maturities in excess of one year.

Table 14
Maturities and Sensitivities of Loans to Changes in Interest Rates (1) 
(Amounts in thousands)
 
 
As of September 30, 2016
 
Due in 1 year or less
 
Due after 1 year through 5 years
 
Due after 5 years
 
Total
Commercial
$
2,516,330

 
$
6,789,907

 
$
203,131

 
$
9,509,368

Commercial real estate
1,318,669

 
2,198,280

 
313,588

 
3,830,537

Construction
137,766

 
341,365

 
17,642

 
496,773

Residential real estate
8,930

 
168

 
516,738

 
525,836

Home equity
10,486

 
66,152

 
47,729

 
124,367

Personal
123,563

 
43,940

 
186

 
167,689

Total
$
4,115,744

 
$
9,439,812

 
$
1,099,014

 
$
14,654,570

Loans maturing after one year:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Predetermined (fixed) interest rates
 
 
$
138,735

 
$
357,219

 
 
Floating interest rates
 
 
9,301,077

 
741,795

 
 
Total
 
 
$
9,439,812

 
$
1,099,014

 
 
(1) 
Maturities are based on contractual maturity date. Actual timing of repayment may differ from those reflected in the table as clients may choose to pre-pay their outstanding balance prior to the contractual maturity date.

Of the $10.0 billion in loans maturing after one year with a floating interest rate, $916.9 million are subject to interest rate floors, of which $485.9 million, or 53%, had such floors in effect at September 30, 2016. For further analysis and information related to interest rate sensitivity, see Item 3 “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk” in this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q.

Delinquent Loans, Special Mention and Potential Problem Loans, Restructured Loans and Nonperforming Assets

Loans are reported delinquent if the required principal and interest payments have not been received within 30 days of the date such payments are due. Delinquency can be driven by either failure of the borrower to make payments during the term of the loan or failure to make the final payment at maturity. The majority of our loans are not fully amortizing over the term. As a result, a sizeable final repayment is often required at maturity. If a borrower lacks refinancing options or the ability to pay the remaining principal amount, the loan may become delinquent in connection with its maturity.

Loans considered special mention loans are performing in accordance with the contractual terms, but demonstrate potential weakness that, if left unresolved, may result in deterioration in our credit position and/or the repayment prospects for the credit. Borrowers rated special mention may exhibit adverse operating trends, high leverage, tight liquidity, or other credit concerns. These loans continue to accrue interest.

Potential problem loans, like special mention loans, are loans that are performing in accordance with contractual terms, but for which management has some level of concern (greater than that of special mention loans) about the ability of the borrowers to meet existing repayment terms in future periods. These loans continue to accrue interest, but ultimate collection in full is questionable due to the same conditions that characterize a special mention credit. These credits may also have somewhat increased risk profiles

76


as a result of the current net worth and/or paying capacity of the obligor or guarantors or the value of the collateral pledged. These loans generally have a well-defined weakness that may jeopardize collection of the debt and are characterized by the distinct possibility that we may sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not resolved. Although potential problem loans require additional attention by management, they may not become nonperforming.

Nonperforming assets include nonperforming loans and OREO that has been acquired primarily through foreclosure proceedings and are awaiting disposition. Nonperforming loans consist of nonaccrual loans, including restructured loans that remain on nonaccrual. We specifically exclude restructured loans that accrue interest from our definition of nonperforming loans.

All loans are placed on nonaccrual status when principal or interest payments become 90 days past due or earlier if management deems the collectability of principal or interest to be in question prior to the loans becoming 90 days past due. Classification of a loan as nonaccrual does not necessarily preclude the ultimate collection of principal and/or interest.

As part of our ongoing risk management practices and in certain circumstances, we may extend or modify the terms of a loan in an attempt to maximize the collection of amounts due when a borrower is experiencing financial difficulties. The modification may consist of reducing the interest rate, extending the maturity date, reducing the principal balance, or other action intended to minimize potential losses and maximize our chances of a more successful recovery on a troubled loan. When we make such concessions as part of a modification, we report the loan as a troubled debt restructurings (“TDRs”) and account for the interest due in accordance with our TDR policy. Restructured loans can involve loans remaining on nonaccrual, moving to nonaccrual, or continuing on accrual status, depending on the individual facts and circumstances of the borrower. The TDR is classified as an accruing TDR if the borrower has demonstrated the ability to meet the new terms of the restructured loan as evidenced by a minimum of six months of performance in compliance with the restructured terms or if the borrower’s performance prior to the restructuring or other significant events at the time of the restructuring supports returning or maintaining the loan on accrual status. TDRs accrue interest as long as the borrower complies with the revised terms and conditions and management is reasonably assured as to the collectability of principal and interest; otherwise, the restructured loan will be classified as nonaccrual. Loans classified as accruing TDR typically do not require a specific reserve charge, which is a key component in keeping a loan on accrual status. The TDR classification is removed when the loan is either fully repaid or is re-underwritten at market terms and an evaluation of the loan determines that it does not meet the definition of a TDR under current accounting guidance (i.e., the new terms do not represent a concession, the borrower is no longer experiencing financial difficulty, and the re-underwriting is executed at current market terms for new debt with similar risk).

A discussion of our accounting policies for “Delinquent Loans, Special Mention and Potential Problem Loans, Restructured Loans and Nonperforming Assets” can be found in Note 1, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies,” and Note 4, “Loans and Credit Quality” in the “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2015.


77


The following table provides a comparison of our nonperforming assets, restructured loans accruing interest, special mention, potential problem and past due loans for the past five quarters.

Table 15
Nonperforming Assets and Restructured and Past Due Loans
(Dollars in thousands)

 
2016
 
2015
 
September 30
 
June 30
 
March 31
 
December 31
 
September 30
Nonaccrual loans:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial
$
72,277

 
$
48,502

 
$
41,374

 
$
32,794

 
$
18,370

Commercial real estate
6,007

 
7,733

 
8,242

 
8,501

 
12,041

Residential real estate
4,124

 
3,993

 
3,900

 
4,762

 
4,272

Personal and home equity
4,964

 
5,196

 
5,554

 
7,692

 
9,299

Total nonaccrual loans
87,372

 
65,424

 
59,070

 
53,749

 
43,982

90 days past due loans (still accruing interest)

 

 

 

 

Total nonperforming loans
87,372

 
65,424

 
59,070

 
53,749

 
43,982

OREO
12,035

 
14,532

 
14,806

 
7,273

 
12,760

Total nonperforming assets
$
99,407

 
$
79,956

 
$
73,876

 
$
61,022

 
$
56,742

Nonaccrual troubled debt restructured loans (included in nonaccrual loans):
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial
$
29,805

 
$
35,838

 
$
20,285

 
$
25,034

 
$
10,674

Commercial real estate
5,980

 
7,331

 
7,854

 
7,619

 
9,397

Residential real estate
1,212

 

 

 
1,341

 
1,308

Personal and home equity
4,226

 
5,737

 
5,763

 
5,177

 
5,402

Total nonaccrual troubled debt restructured loans
$
41,223

 
$
48,906

 
$
33,902

 
$
39,171

 
$
26,781

Restructured loans accruing interest:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial
$
61,764

 
$
40,512

 
$
26,830

 
$
14,526

 
$
23,596

Construction

 
143

 

 

 

Personal and home equity
2,501

 
2,522

 
2,005

 
2,020

 
2,101

Total restructured loans accruing interest
$
64,265

 
$
43,177

 
$
28,835

 
$
16,546

 
$
25,697

Special mention loans
$
145,204

 
$
154,691

 
$
121,239

 
$
120,028

 
$
146,827

Potential problem loans
$
133,533

 
$
98,817

 
$
136,322

 
$
132,398

 
$
127,950

30-89 days past due loans
$
5,374

 
$
14,522

 
$
15,732

 
$
9,067

 
$
6,420

Nonperforming loans to total loans
0.60
%
 
0.47
%
 
0.44
%
 
0.41
%
 
0.34
%
Nonperforming loans to total assets
0.46
%
 
0.36
%
 
0.33
%
 
0.31
%
 
0.26
%
Nonperforming assets to total assets
0.52
%
 
0.44
%
 
0.42
%
 
0.35
%
 
0.34
%
Allowance for loan losses as a percent of nonperforming loans
206
%
 
258
%
 
280
%
 
299
%
 
370
%

Nonperforming loans totaled $87.4 million at September 30, 2016, compared to $53.7 million at December 31, 2015, and $44.0 million at September 30, 2015. Nonperforming loan inflows, which are primarily composed of potential problem loans moving through the workout process (i.e., moving from potential problem to nonperforming status), were $82.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2016, with seven credit relationships representing 86% of total inflows for the period. Nonperforming loans as a percent of total loans were 0.60% at September 30, 2016, up from 0.41% at December 31, 2015, and 0.34% at September 30, 2015.


78


OREO totaled $12.0 million compared to $7.3 million at December 31, 2015, with $8.1 million of total outstanding OREO at September 30, 2016 consisting of an individual property that transferred into OREO during first quarter 2016. This inflow was partially offset by sales of OREO and valuation adjustments as we continue to dispose and settle properties.

As a result of the activity described above for nonperforming loans and OREO, nonperforming assets increased 63% from year end 2015 to $99.4 million at September 30, 2016, and increased 75% from September 30, 2015. Nonperforming assets as a percentage of total assets were 0.52% at September 30, 2016, compared to 0.35% at December 31, 2015.

As of September 30, 2016, special mention and potential problem loans in aggregate totaled $278.7 million, increasing $26.3 million from December 31, 2015, reflecting some level of credit migration. At September 30, 2016, commercial loans comprised $128.1 million, or 96% of total potential problems loan, with six credit relationships representing over 50% of the total. Because our loan portfolio contains loans that may be larger in size, changes in the performance of larger credits may from time to time create fluctuations in our credit quality metrics, including nonperforming, special mention and potential problem loans.

The following table presents changes in our nonperforming loans for the past five quarters.

Table 16
Nonperforming Loans Rollforward
(Amounts in thousands)
 
Three Months Ended
 
2016
 
2015
 
September 30
 
June 30
 
March 31
 
December 31
 
September 30
Nonperforming loans:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance at beginning of period
$
65,424

 
$
59,070

 
$
53,749

 
$
43,982

 
$
56,574

Additions:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
New nonaccrual loans (1)
40,513

 
17,076

 
24,720

 
19,969

 
1,127

Reductions:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Return to performing status
(1,161
)
 

 
(907
)
 
(614
)
 
(998
)
Paydowns and payoffs, net of advances
(11,720
)
 
(7,185
)
 
(6,920
)
 
(997
)
 
(8,807
)
Net sales
(450
)
 
(8
)
 

 
(393
)
 
(1,990
)
Transfer to OREO
(130
)
 
(674
)
 
(9,294
)
 
(1,141
)
 
(954
)
Transfer to loans held-for-sale

 

 

 
(667
)
 

Charge-offs
(5,104
)
 
(2,855
)
 
(2,278
)
 
(6,390
)
 
(970
)
Total reductions
(18,565
)
 
(10,722
)
 
(19,399
)
 
(10,202
)
 
(13,719
)
Balance at end of period
$
87,372

 
$
65,424

 
$
59,070

 
$
53,749

 
$
43,982

Nonaccruing troubled debt restructured loans (included in nonperforming loans):
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance at beginning of period
$
48,906

 
$
33,902

 
$
39,171

 
$
26,781

 
$
25,739

Additions:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
New nonaccrual troubled debt restructured loans (1)
73

 
16,972

 
1,353

 
17,773

 
5,014

Reductions:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Return to performing status
(882
)
 

 
(339
)
 
(518
)
 
(338
)
Paydowns and payoffs, net of advances
(6,205
)
 
18

 
(5,549
)
 
1,151

 
(2,000
)
Net sales
(450
)
 

 

 
(278
)
 
(629
)
Transfer to OREO
(95
)
 
(322
)
 
(681
)
 

 
(879
)
Charge-offs
(124
)
 
(1,664
)
 
(53
)
 
(5,738
)
 
(126
)
Total reductions
(7,756
)
 
(1,968
)
 
(6,622
)
 
(5,383
)
 
(3,972
)
Balance at end of period
$
41,223

 
$
48,906

 
$
33,902

 
$
39,171

 
$
26,781

(1) 
Amounts represent loan balances as of the end of the month in which loans were classified as new nonaccrual loans.

79



Credit Quality Management and Allowance for Credit Losses

We maintain an allowance for loan losses at a level management believes is sufficient to absorb credit losses inherent in the loan portfolio at the consolidated statements of financial condition date. The allowance for loan losses is assessed quarterly and represents an accounting estimate of probable losses in the portfolio at each balance sheet date based on a review of available and relevant information at that time. The allowance contains reserves for identified probable losses relating to specific borrowing relationships that are considered to be impaired (the “specific component” of the allowance) and for probable losses inherent in the loan portfolio that have not been specifically identified (the “general allocated component” of the allowance). The general allocated component is determined using a methodology that is a function of quantitative and qualitative factors and management judgment applied to defined segments of our loan portfolio.

The accounting policies underlying the establishment and maintenance of the allowance for loan losses through provisions charged to operating expense are discussed more fully in Note 1 of “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2015.

The following table presents our allocation of the allowance for loan losses by loan category at the dates shown.

Table 17
Allocation of Allowance for Loan Losses
(Dollars in thousands)
 
 
September 30, 2016
 
% of Total
 
December 31, 2015
 
% of Total
Commercial
$
136,112

 
76

 
$
117,619

 
73

Commercial real estate
30,373

 
17

 
27,610

 
17

Construction
5,639

 
3

 
5,441

 
4

Residential real estate
3,598

 
2

 
4,239

 
3

Home equity
2,484

 
1

 
3,744

 
2

Personal
2,062

 
1

 
2,083

 
1

Total
$
180,268

 
100

 
$
160,736

 
100

Specific reserve
$
11,862

 
7
%
 
$
7,262

 
5
%
General reserve
$
168,406

 
93
%
 
$
153,474

 
95
%
Recorded Investment in Loans:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Ending balance, specific reserve
$
151,637

 
 
 
$
70,295

 
 
Ending balance, general allocated reserve
14,502,933

 
 
 
13,196,180

 
 
Total loans at period end
$
14,654,570

 
 
 
$
13,266,475

 
 

Specific Component of the Allowance

The specific reserve requirements are the summation of individual reserves related to impaired loans that are analyzed on a loan-by-loan basis at the balance sheet date. At September 30, 2016, the specific reserve component of the allowance totaled $11.9 million, up from $7.3 million at December 31, 2015. The increase in specific reserves from year end 2015 was largely attributable to borrower irregularities identified during third quarter 2016 with a single lending relationship which added $5.6 million to such reserves. Of the $151.6 million in impaired loans at September 30, 2016, and the $70.3 million in impaired loans at December 31, 2015, 53% and 54%, respectively, required a specific reserve.

General Allocated Component of the Allowance

The general allocated component of the allowance is determined using a methodology that is a function of quantitative and qualitative factors and considerations applied to segments of our loan portfolio. Our methodology applies a historical loss model that takes into account at a product level (e.g., commercial, CRE, construction, etc.) the default and loss history of similar products or sub-products using a look-back period that begins in 2010 and is updated with monthly data on a lagged quarter to the most recent period.


80


Our methodology uses our default and loss history over the look-back period to establish a probability of default (“PD”) for each product type (and, in some cases, sub-segments within a product type) and risk rating, as well as an expected loss given default (“LGD”) for each product type. For our consumer portfolio, we assign a PD to each delinquency period and LGD to collateral position or size of credit for personal loans instead of product type. Our methodology applies the PD and LGD to the applicable loan balances and produces a loss estimate by product that is inclusive of the loss emergence period.

We assess the appropriate balance of the general allocated component of the reserve at the model loss emergence period based on a variety of internal and external quantitative and qualitative factors giving consideration to conditions that we believe are not fully reflected in the model-generated loss estimates. Topics considered in this assessment include changes in lending practices and procedures (e.g., underwriting standards) internally and in our industry, changes in business or economic conditions, changes in the nature and volume of loans, changes in staffing or management in our lending teams, changes in the quality of our results from loan reviews (which includes credit quality trends and risk rating accuracy), changes in underlying collateral values, recent portfolio performance, concentration risks, and other external factors such as legal or regulatory matters relevant to management’s assessment of required reserve levels. In certain instances, these additional factors and judgments may lead to management’s conclusion that the appropriate level of the reserve differs from the amount determined through the model-driven quantitative framework, with respect to a given product type. In determining the amount of any qualitative adjustment to be made to the quantitative model output, management may adjust the PD and/or LGD for a product type (or a sub-segment within a product type) to reflect conditions that it does not believe are reflected in historical loss rates and apply those adjusted PDs and LGDs to determine the impact on the model output, with the result used to inform management’s determination of the appropriate qualitative adjustment to be made to the general allocated component for the product type.

In our evaluation of the quantitatively-determined amount and the adequacy of the allowance at September 30, 2016, we considered a number of factors for each product consistent with the considerations discussed in the prior paragraph. The following describes the primary management qualitative adjustments made to each product type in determining our reserve levels at September 30, 2016:

Commercial - Management increased the model output for this product type to reflect: the overall slowdown in the U.S. manufacturing industry by considering our own PD versus industry-wide default rates; increased leverage metrics on existing borrowers within the portfolio; and competitive loan structures in the industry. Management increased LGDs used for the general commercial and industrial segment to reduce the impact of recoveries relating to loans charged off in older periods. Management also increased the LGDs used for the asset-based lending sub-segment based on industry data because we do not have loss experience in recent years for this sub-segment.
Commercial Real Estate - Management increased the model output to reflect: industry level default rate experience in portfolios where we lack loss experience; compression of capitalization rates in the industry; and competitive loan structures in the industry. Management increased LGDs to reduce the impact of recoveries relating to loans charged off in older periods. Management also adjusted PD rates in instances where calculations using historical loss experience are not expected to be representative of management’s estimated losses at the consolidated statements of financial condition date.
Construction - Management increased the model output to reflect: industry level default rate experience in portfolios where we lack loss experience; compression of capitalization rates in the industry; and competition in the market and less stringent loan structures. Management also adjusted PD rates in instances where calculations using historical loss experience are not expected to be representative of management’s estimated losses at the consolidated statements of financial condition date.
Consumer - Management increased the model output to reflect: borrowers’ credit strength and willingness to purchase homes (e.g., due to high student debt levels); and general economic conditions and interest rate trends that impact these products.
Management also considers a pro-rated amount and characteristics of the accruing TDRs removed from the general reserve formulas as a proxy for potentially heightened risk in the portfolio when establishing final reserve requirements.

In determining our reserve levels at September 30, 2016, we established a general reserve that includes management’s qualitative assessment discussed above, which increased the reserve to a higher output than the model’s quantitative output, in total. This judgment was influenced primarily by recent indicators in our commercial portfolio, such as the increasing leverage metrics for some existing borrowers, impact of commodity prices in certain sectors of the manufacturing portfolio, changes in underwriting standards, and volume and nature of loan growth, which have not yet been fully incorporated into the model output.

The general allocated component of the allowance increased by $14.9 million, or 10%, from $153.5 million at December 31, 2015, to $168.4 million at September 30, 2016. The increase in the general allocated reserve primarily reflects the $1.4 billion growth

81


in the loan portfolio in the first nine months of 2016 and changes in the credit quality of the existing portfolio for certain sectors in the commercial portfolio, specifically in the portfolio of leveraged commercial and industrial loans.

The establishment of the allowance for loan losses involves a high degree of judgment and estimation which includes an inherent level of imprecision given the difficulty of identifying all the factors impacting loan repayment and the timing of when losses will actually occur. While management utilizes its best judgment and available information, the ultimate adequacy of the allowance is dependent upon a variety of factors beyond our control, including, but not limited to, client performance, the economy, changes in interest rates and property values, and the interpretation by regulatory authorities of loan classifications.

Although we determine the amount of each element of the allowance separately and consider this process to be an important credit management tool, the entire allowance for loan losses is available for the entire loan portfolio.

Management evaluates the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses and reviews the underlying methodology with the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors quarterly. As of September 30, 2016, management concluded the allowance for loan losses was adequate (i.e., sufficient to absorb losses that are inherent in the portfolio at that date, including for those loans where the loss is not yet identifiable).

As an integral part of their examination process, various federal and state regulatory agencies also review the allowance for loan losses. These agencies may require that certain loan balances be classified differently or charged off when their credit evaluations differ from those of management, based on their judgments about information available to them at the time of their examination.


82


The following table presents changes in the allowance for loan losses, excluding covered assets, for the periods presented.

Table 18
Allowance for Credit Losses and Summary of Loan Loss Experience
(Dollars in thousands)

 
Three Months Ended
 
2016
 
2015
 
September 30
 
June 30
 
March 31
 
December 31
 
September 30
Change in allowance for loan losses:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance at beginning of period
$
168,615

 
$
165,356

 
$
160,736

 
$
162,868

 
$
157,051

Loans charged-off:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial
(4,870
)
 
(2,838
)
 
(78
)
 
(5,654
)
 
(661
)
Commercial real estate

 
(13
)
 
(1,497
)
 
(298
)
 
(175
)
Residential real estate
(240
)
 
(33
)
 
(484
)
 
(166
)
 
(97
)
Home equity

 
(34
)
 
(192
)
 
(260
)
 
(85
)
Personal
(10
)
 
(17
)
 
(150
)
 
(15
)
 
(6
)
Total charge-offs
(5,120
)
 
(2,935
)
 
(2,401
)
 
(6,393
)
 
(1,024
)
Recoveries on loans previously charged-off:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial
727

 
66

 
187

 
786

 
2,115

Commercial real estate
12

 
449

 
296

 
205

 
134

Construction
67

 
13

 
19

 
11

 
10

Residential real estate
43

 
20

 
19

 
16

 
198

Home equity
39

 
65

 
34

 
314

 
50

Personal
10

 
11

 
30

 
12

 
131

Total recoveries
898

 
624

 
585

 
1,344

 
2,638

Net (charge-offs) recoveries
(4,222
)
 
(2,311
)
 
(1,816
)
 
(5,049
)
 
1,614

Provisions charged to operating expense
15,875

 
5,570

 
6,436

 
2,917

 
4,203

Balance at end of period
$
180,268

 
$
168,615

 
$
165,356

 
$
160,736

 
$
162,868

Reserve for unfunded commitments (1)
$
15,647

 
$
13,729

 
$
12,354

 
$
11,759

 
$
15,209

Allowance as a percent of loans at period end
1.23
%
 
1.20
%
 
1.23
%
 
1.21
%
 
1.25
 %
Average loans, excluding covered assets
$
14,297,229

 
$
13,693,824

 
$
13,311,733

 
$
13,190,400

 
$
12,814,714

Ratio of net charge-offs (recoveries)(annualized) to average loans outstanding for the period
0.12
%
 
0.07
%
 
0.05
%
 
0.15
%
 
-0.05
 %
Allowance for loan losses as a percent of nonperforming loans
206
%
 
258
%
 
280
%
 
299
%
 
370
 %
(1) 
Included in other liabilities on the consolidated statements of financial condition

Activity in the Allowance for Loan Losses

The allowance for loan losses increased $19.5 million to $180.3 million at September 30, 2016, from $160.7 million at December 31, 2015, and was largely reflective of the $1.4 billion of loan growth during the first nine months of 2016 and some credit migration, including higher nonperforming loan levels that drove an increase in the specific reserve. The allowance for loan losses to total loans ratio was 1.23% at September 30, 2016 and 1.21% at December 31, 2015.

Gross charge-offs increased to $5.1 million for third quarter 2016, from $1.0 million for the year ago period and $2.9 million for second quarter 2016. Commercial loans comprised 95% of total charge-offs in third quarter 2016, and were elevated on a comparative basis largely related to a single relationship that was identified during the quarter, resulting in a $4.3 million charge-off.

The provision for loan losses is the expense recognized in the consolidated statements of income to adjust the allowance for loan losses to the level deemed appropriate by management, as determined through application of our allowance methodology. The

83


provision for loan losses for the three months ended September 30, 2016 was $15.9 million, up from $5.6 million for the prior quarter and $4.2 million for third quarter 2015. The provision will fluctuate from period to period depending on the level of loan growth and unevenness in credit quality due to the size of individual credits and expect our provision expense going forward to be driven by changes to the general allocated reserve component due to overall loan growth and credit performance and, if necessary, any new specific reserves that may be required.

Reserve for Unfunded Commitments

In addition to the allowance for loan losses, we maintain a reserve for unfunded commitments at a level we believe to be sufficient to absorb estimated probable losses related to unfunded credit facilities. During the nine months ended September 30, 2016, our reserve for unfunded commitments increased $3.8 million from $11.8 million at December 31, 2015, to $15.6 million and was largely comprised of general reserves at September 30, 2016. For the nine months ended September 30, 2016, the general reserves increased $4.2 million, driven by growth in residential construction commitments and increases in commercial special mention and potential problem commitments that resulted in higher requirements while specific reserves declined to approximately $100,000 as a result of credit resolutions during 2016. Net adjustments to the reserve for unfunded commitments are included in other non-interest expense in the consolidated statements of income. Unfunded commitments, excluding covered assets, totaled $6.5 billion at September 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015. At September 30, 2016, unfunded commitments with maturities of less than one year approximated $1.7 billion. For further information on our unfunded commitments, refer to Note 16 of “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” in Item 1 of this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q.

COVERED ASSETS

At September 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015, covered assets represent acquired residential mortgage loans and foreclosed loan collateral covered under a loss share agreement with the FDIC and include an indemnification receivable representing the present value of the expected reimbursement from the FDIC related to expected losses on the covered assets. The loss share agreement will expire on September 30, 2019.

Total covered assets, net of allowance for covered loan losses, declined by $2.2 million, or 11%, from $21.2 million at December 31, 2015 to $19.0 million at September 30, 2016. The reduction was primarily attributable to $2.7 million in principal paydowns, net of advances, as well as the impact of such on the evaluation of expected cash flows and discount accretion levels. At September 30, 2016, the indemnification receivable totaled $1.6 million, compared to $1.7 million at December 31, 2015. Because the remaining covered assets largely represent single-family mortgages, we do not expect a significant change in balances from period to period. Total delinquent and nonperforming covered loans totaled $2.7 million at September 30, 2016, and $5.2 million at December 31, 2015.

FUNDING AND LIQUIDITY MANAGEMENT

We manage our liquidity position in order to meet our cash flow requirements, maintain sufficient capacity to meet our clients’ needs and accommodate fluctuations in asset and liability levels due to changes in our business operations. We also have contingency funding plans designed to allow us to operate through a period of stress when access to normal sources of funding may be constrained. As part of our asset/liability management strategy, we utilize a variety of funding sources in an effort to optimize the balance of duration risk, cost, liquidity risk and contingency planning.

We maintain liquidity at levels we believe sufficient to meet anticipated client liquidity needs, fund anticipated loan growth, and selectively purchase securities and investments. Liquid assets refer to cash on hand, Federal funds (“Fed funds”) sold and securities. Net liquid assets represent liquid assets less the amount of such assets pledged to secure deposits, repurchase agreements, FHLB advances and FRB borrowings that require collateral and to satisfy contractual obligations. Net liquid assets at the Bank were $3.5 billion and $2.9 billion at September 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively.

The Bank’s principal sources of funds are commercial deposits, some of which are large institutional deposits and deposits that are classified for regulatory purposes as brokered deposits, and retail deposits. In addition to deposits, we utilize FHLB advances and other sources of funding to support our balance sheet and liquidity needs. Cash from operations is also a source of funds. The Bank’s principal uses of funds include funding growth in the loan portfolio and, to a lesser extent, our investment portfolio, which is designed to be highly liquid to serve collateral needs and support liquidity risk management. In managing our levels of cash on-hand, we consider factors such as deposit movement trends (which can be influenced by changing economic conditions, client specific needs to support their businesses, including transactions such as acquisitions and divestitures, and the overall composition of our deposit base) and other needs of the Bank.


84


The primary sources of funding for the Holding Company include dividends received from the Bank, intercompany tax reimbursements from the Bank, and proceeds from the issuance of senior and subordinated debt and equity. As an additional source of funding, the Holding Company has a 364-day revolving line of credit with a group of commercial banks allowing borrowings of up to $60.0 million in total. As of September 30, 2016, no amounts were drawn on the facility. The Holding Company had $50.4 million in cash at September 30, 2016, compared to $61.5 million at December 31, 2015.

Our cash flows are comprised of three classifications: cash flows from operating activities, cash flows from investing activities, and cash flows from financing activities. Cash flows from operating activities primarily include results of operations for the period, adjusted for items in net income that did not impact cash. Net cash provided by operating activities increased by $19.2 million from the prior year period to $259.4 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2016. Cash flows from investing activities reflect the impact of growth in loans and investments acquired for our interest-earning asset portfolios, as well as asset maturities and sales. For the nine months ended September 30, 2016, net cash used in investing activities was $1.9 billion, compared to $1.4 billion for the prior year period. Cash flows from financing activities include transactions and events whereby cash is obtained from and/or paid to depositors, creditors or investors. Net cash provided by financing activities for the nine months ended September 30, 2016, was $1.7 billion, compared to $1.1 billion for the prior year period. The current period reflected net increases in FHLB advances of $510.0 million to support loan growth and a net increase in deposit accounts of $1.1 billion.

Deposits

Our deposit base is predominately composed of middle market commercial client relationships from a diversified industry base. We offer a suite of deposit and cash management products and services that support our efforts to attract and retain commercial clients. These deposits are generated principally through the development of long-term relationships with clients. Approximately 70% of our deposits at September 30, 2016, were accounts managed by our commercial business groups.

Through our community banking and private wealth groups, we offer a variety of small business and personal banking products, including checking, savings and money market accounts and certificates of deposit (“CDs”). Approximately 27% of our deposits at September 30, 2016, were accounts managed by our community banking and private wealth groups.

Public fund balances, denoting the funds held on account for municipalities and other public entities, are included as part of our total deposits. We enter into specific agreements with certain public clients to pledge collateral, primarily securities, in support of their balances on deposit. At September 30, 2016, we had public funds on deposit totaling $888.0 million, or approximately 6% of our deposits. Changes in public fund balances are influenced by the tax collection activities of the various municipalities as well as the general level of interest rates.

The following table provides a comparison of deposits by category for the periods presented.

Table 19
Deposits
(Dollars in thousands)

 
September 30,
2016
 
%
of Total
 
December 31,
2015
 
%
of Total
 
% Change in Balances
Noninterest-bearing demand deposits
$
4,857,470

 
31
 
$
4,355,700

 
30
 
12

Interest-bearing demand deposits
1,823,840

 
12
 
1,503,372

 
11
 
21

Savings deposits
395,858

 
3
 
377,191

 
3
 
5

Money market accounts
5,795,910

 
37
 
5,919,252

 
41
 
-2

Time deposits
2,615,776

 
17
 
2,190,077

 
15
 
19

Total deposits
$
15,488,854

 
100
 
$
14,345,592

 
100
 
8


Total deposits at September 30, 2016, increased $1.1 billion, or 8%, to $15.5 billion from year end 2015, and included growth of $501.8 million in noninterest-bearing demand deposits. Total average deposit growth since year end 2015 was $819.4 million. Given the predominantly commercial nature of our client base, we experience fluctuations in our deposit base from time to time due to large deposit movements in certain client accounts, such as in connection with client-specific corporate acquisitions and divestitures. In addition to the quarter-to-quarter fluctuations in deposit balances that we sometimes experience given client-specific events, the nature of our commercial client base has historically led to gradually increasing deposit balances in the second

85


half of the year compared to the first half, although there is no assurance that this historical trend will repeat in future years. Our loan to deposit ratio was 95% at September 30, 2016, compared to 92% at December 31, 2015.

Since December 31, 2015, we have added $538.2 million in new deposits from clients in the financial services industry, such as securities broker-dealers (“BDs”) for which we serve as a program bank in their cash sweep programs (as discussed in more detail below under “Brokered Deposits”), hedge funds and fund administrators and futures commission merchants (“FCMs”). Financial services clients have a higher propensity to generate larger transactional flows than our typical commercial client, which can result in temporary deposits, especially around period ends. Furthermore, some of these deposits, particularly from hedge funds, fund administrators and FCMs, may exhibit elevated volatility due to the more complex liquidity and cash flow needs of the depositors given the nature of their businesses. This volatility can further contribute to the quarter-to-quarter fluctuations in our deposit base that we referenced in the preceding paragraph. Notwithstanding the larger transactional flows and potential for elevated volatility, we intend to continue utilizing deposits from financial services firms to meet our funding requirements from client needs, such as loan growth. In light of our loan-to-deposit levels and loan growth over the past several periods, our ability to continue growing our loan portfolio may be influenced in part by our ability to continue attracting deposits, including those from financial services clients.

Because of the predominantly commercial nature of our deposit base, including from the financial services industry, we historically have had larger average deposit balances per deposit relationship than a retail-focused bank. Furthermore, a meaningful portion of our deposit base is comprised of large commercial deposit relationships, some of which are classified as brokered deposits for regulatory purposes (as discussed in more detail below under “Brokered Deposits”). The following table presents a comparison of our large deposit relationships as of the dates shown. Of our large deposit relationships of $75 million or more shown in the table below, over half of the deposits are from financial services-related businesses.

Table 20
Large Deposit Relationships
(Dollars in thousands)

 
2016
 
2015
 
September 30
 
December 31
 
September 30
Ten largest depositors:
 
 
 
 
 
Deposit amounts
$
2,267,768

 
$
2,229,471

 
$
2,216,927

Percentage of total deposits
15
%
 
16
%
 
16
%
Classified as brokered deposits
$
1,377,466

 
$
1,255,315

 
$
1,397,789

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Deposit Relationships of $75 Million or More:
 
 
 
 
 
Deposit amounts
$
3,755,850

 
$
3,247,548

 
$
3,211,680

Percentage of total deposits (all relationships)
24
%
 
23
%
 
23
%
Percentage of total deposits (financial services businesses only)
17
%
 
15
%
 
14
%
Number of deposit relationships
27

 
22

 
22

Classified as brokered deposits
$
2,224,136

 
$
1,752,329

 
$
1,889,752



86


Brokered Deposits

Table 21
Brokered Deposit Composition
(Dollars in thousands)

 
2016
 
2015
 
September 30
 
December 31
 
September 30
Noninterest-bearing demand deposits
$
391,397

 
$
381,723

 
$
371,675

Interest-bearing demand deposits
627,442

 
242,466

 
266,133

Savings deposits
1,111

 
974

 
948

Money market accounts
1,712,595

 
1,818,091

 
1,903,413

Time deposits:
 
 
 
 
 
Traditional
530,663

 
437,235

 
576,859

CDARS (1)
350,850

 
208,086

 
228,436

Other
35,199

 
74,954

 
87,463

Total time deposits
916,712

 
720,275

 
892,758

Total brokered deposits
$
3,649,257

 
$
3,163,529

 
$
3,434,927

Brokered deposits as a % of total deposits
24
%
 
22
%
 
25
%
(1) 
The CDARS® deposit program is a deposit services arrangement that effectively achieves FDIC deposit insurance for jumbo deposit relationships.

The regulatory definition of brokered deposits includes any non-proprietary funds deposited, or referred for deposit, with a depository institution by a third party. “Traditional” brokered time deposits primarily refer to CDs issued in wholesale amounts through a broker-dealer and held in book-entry form at The Depository Trust & Clearing Corporation as well as CDs issued through third-party auction services. The regulatory definition of brokered deposits also encompasses certain deposits that we generate through more direct relationships with third parties. Examples of these “non-traditional” brokered deposits include cash sweep programs operated by BDs with which we have entered into a contract to serve as a program bank (which are discussed in more detail below) and funds administered by service providers, such as escrow agents, title companies, mortgage servicers and property managers, on behalf of third parties. With respect to these third-party service providers, we may in some cases have additional banking relationships with them and their affiliates. Our non-traditional brokered deposits are maintained across various account types, including demand, money market and time deposits, based on the needs of our clients. We believe that many of these deposits, despite falling within the definition of brokered deposits for regulatory purposes, generally constitute a stable, cost-effective source of funding and, accordingly, from a liquidity risk management perspective, we view them differently from traditional brokered time deposits. We consider the non-traditional brokered deposits as an important component of our relationship-based commercial banking business, whereas we use traditional brokered time deposits as a source of longer-term funding to complement deposits generated through relationships with our clients. As part of our liquidity risk management program, we consider characteristics other than regulatory classification, such as pricing, volatility, duration and our relationship with the depositor, when assessing the stability and overall value of deposits to us.

Total brokered deposits, as defined for regulatory reporting purposes, represented 24% of total deposits at September 30, 2016, compared to 22% of total deposits at December 31, 2015. However, traditional brokered time deposits represented 3% of total deposits at both September 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015. Traditional brokered deposits have a weighted average maturity date of approximately 2 years.
As noted above, a significant source of non-traditional brokered deposits are cash sweep programs operated by BDs. At September 30, 2016, and December 31, 2015, $1.6 billion, or approximately 45%, and $1.5 billion, or approximately 48%, respectively, of our total regulatory-defined brokered deposits consisted of deposits from cash sweep programs operated by BDs for which we serve as a program bank. Cash sweep programs enable the BDs’ brokerage clients to “sweep” their cash balances into an omnibus bank deposit account established at a third-party depository institution by the BD as agent or custodian for the benefit of its clients. The contracts governing our participation as a program bank have a specified term, set forth the pricing terms for the deposits and generally provide for minimum and maximum deposit levels that the BDs will have with us at any given time.


87


Unlike traditional brokered time deposits, cash sweep program deposits are typically maintained in money market accounts and may be eligible for FDIC pass-through insurance. As of September 30, 2016, approximately 84% of the cash sweep program deposit balances were attributable to BDs who have had a deposit relationship with us for more than four years. In Table 20, Large Deposit Relationships, above, $1.6 billion of cash sweep program deposits were included in the deposit amounts attributable to deposit relationships of $75.0 million or more.

Borrowings

To supplement our deposit flows, we utilize a variety of wholesale funding sources and other borrowings both to fund our operations and serve as contingency funding. We maintain access to multiple external sources of funding to assist in the prudent management of funding costs, interest rate risk, and anticipated funding needs or other considerations. In addition, in constructing our overall mix of funding sources, we also factor in our desire to have a diversity of funding sources available to us. Some of our funding sources are accessible same-day, while others require advance notice, and some sources require the pledging of collateral, while others are unsecured. Our sources of additional funding liabilities are described below:

Fed Funds Counterparty Lines - Fed funds counterparty lines are immediately accessible uncommitted lines of credit from other financial institutions. The borrowing term is typically overnight. Availability of Fed funds lines fluctuates based on market conditions, counterparty relationship strength and the amount of excess reserve balances held by counterparties.
Federal Reserve Discount Window - The discount window at the Federal Reserve Bank (the “FRB”) is an additional source of overnight funding. We maintain access to the discount window primary credit program by pledging loans as collateral. Funding availability is uncommitted and primarily dictated by the amount of loans pledged and the advance rate applied by the FRB to the pledged loans. The amount of loans pledged to the FRB can fluctuate due to the availability of loans that are eligible under the FRB’s criteria, which include stipulations of documentation requirements, credit quality, payment status and other criteria.
Repurchase Agreements - Repurchase agreements are agreements to sell securities subject to an obligation to repurchase the same or similar securities at a specified maturity date, generally within 1 to 90 days from the transaction date.
FHLB Advances - As a member of the FHLB Chicago, we have access to borrowing capacity, which is uncommitted and subject to change based on the availability of acceptable collateral to pledge and the level of our investment in stock of the FHLB Chicago. FHLB advances can be either short-term or long-term borrowings. Short-term advances historically have had a term of one to three days. Of the total $1.2 billion in short-term FHLB advances outstanding at September 30, 2016, $630.0 million represented overnight funding and was repaid on October 3, 2016.
Revolving Line of Credit - The Company has a 364-day revolving line of credit with a group of commercial banks allowing us to borrow up to $60.0 million. The maturity date is the earlier of September 22, 2017 or the consummation of the Company’s merger with CIBC. The interest rate applied on the line of credit is, at our election, either 30-day or 90-day LIBOR plus 1.75% or Prime minus 0.50%. We have the option to elect to convert any amounts outstanding under the line of credit, whether at maturity or before, to an amortizing term loan, with the balance of such loan due September 22, 2019 (subject to earlier maturity upon consummation of the merger with CIBC, as previously noted). We maintain the line primarily as an additional source of funding and have not drawn on it since inception.
Long-Term Debt, excluding FHLB Advances - As of September 30, 2016, we had outstanding $167.6 million of variable and fixed rate unsecured junior subordinated debentures issued to four statutory trusts that issued Trust Preferred Securities, which currently qualify as Tier 1 capital and mature as follows: $8.2 million in 2034; $92.8 million in 2035 and $66.6 million in 2068. We also had outstanding $120.6 million of fixed rate unsecured subordinated debentures, which currently qualify as Tier 2 capital and mature in 2042.

In addition to the foregoing, we also have access to the brokered deposit market, through which we have numerous alternatives and significant capacity, if needed. The availability and access to the brokered deposit market is subject to market conditions, our capital levels, our counterparty strength and other factors.


88


The following table summarizes information regarding our outstanding borrowings and additional borrowing capacity for the periods presented:
Table 22
Borrowings
(Dollars in thousands)

 
September 30, 2016
 
December 31, 2015
 
 
Amount
 
Rate
 
Amount
 
Rate
 
Outstanding:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Short-Term
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Federal funds
$

 
%
 
$

 
%
 
FRB discount window

 
%
 

 
%
 
Repurchase agreements

 
%
 

 
%
 
Other borrowings
556

 
%
 
250

 
0.20
%
 
FHLB advances
1,230,000

 
0.31
%
 
370,000

 
0.16
%
 
Revolving line of credit (a)

 
%
 

 
%
 
Total short-term borrowings (1)
$
1,230,556

 
 
 
$
370,250

 
 
 
Long-term
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Junior subordinated debentures (a)
$
167,640

 
5.51
%
(2) 
$
167,640

 
5.37
%
(2) 
Subordinated debentures (a)
120,646

 
7.125
%
 
120,606

 
7.125
%
 
FHLB advances
50,000

 
3.75
%
(3) 
400,000

 
0.58
%
(3) 
Total long-term borrowings
$
338,286

 
 
 
$
688,246

 
 
 
Unused Availability:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Federal funds (4)
$
460,500

 
 
 
$
630,500

 
 
 
FRB discount window (5)
431,841

 
 
 
384,419

 
 
 
FHLB advances (6)
839,925

 
 
 
1,481,102

 
 
 
Revolving line of credit
60,000

 
 
 
60,000

 
 
 
(a) 
Represents a borrowing at the holding company. The other borrowings are at the Bank.
(1) 
Also included in short-term borrowings on the Consolidated States of Financial Condition but not included in this table are amounts related to certain loan participation agreements for loans originated by us that were classified as secured borrowings because they did not qualify for sale accounting treatment. As of September 30, 2016, and December 31, 2015, these loan participation agreements totaled $2.8 million and $2.2 million, respectively. Corresponding amounts were recorded within the loan balance on the consolidated statements of financial condition as of each of these dates.
(2) 
Represents a weighted-average interest rate as of such date for our four series of outstanding junior subordinated debentures.
(3) 
Represents a weighted-average interest rate as of such date for our outstanding long-term FHLB advances.
(4) 
Our total availability of overnight Fed funds borrowings is not a committed line of credit and is dependent upon lender availability.
(5) 
Our borrowing capacity changes each quarter subject to available collateral and FRB discount factors.
(6) 
Our FHLB borrowing availability is subject to change based on the availability of acceptable collateral for pledging (such as loans and securities) and the level of our investment in stock of the FHLB Chicago. We would be required to invest an additional $37.8 million in FHLB Chicago stock to obtain this level of borrowing capacity.

CAPITAL

Equity totaled $1.9 billion at September 30, 2016, increasing by $183.4 million compared to December 31, 2015, primarily attributable to $148.8 million of net income for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 and a $16.7 million increase in accumulated other comprehensive income, largely due to an increase in market values on our available-for-sale investment portfolio.


89


Shares Issued in Connection with Share-Based Compensation Plans and Stock Repurchases

We reissue treasury stock (at average cost), when available, or issue new shares to fulfill our obligation to issue shares granted pursuant to share-based compensation plans. For the nine months ended September 30, 2016, we issued 672,531 shares of common stock (representing a combination of newly issued shares and the reissuance of treasury stock) in connection with such plans largely due to annual equity award grants and the exercise of stock options, net of forfeitures. We held zero shares of voting common stock as treasury stock at September 30, 2016, and 2,574 shares at December 31, 2015.

We currently do not have a stock repurchase program in place; however, we have repurchased shares in connection with the administration of our employee benefit plans. Under the terms of these plans, we accept shares of common stock from plan participants if they elect to surrender previously-owned shares upon exercise of options to cover the exercise price or, in the case of both restricted shares of common stock or stock options, the withholding of shares to satisfy tax withholding obligations associated with the vesting of restricted shares or exercise of stock options. For the nine months ended September 30, 2016, we repurchased 129,110 shares of common stock at an average price of $36.54 per share.

Dividends

We declared dividends of $0.01 per common share during third quarter 2016, unchanged from third quarter 2015. Based on our closing stock price on September 30, 2016, of $45.92 per share, the annualized dividend yield on our common stock was 0.09%. The dividend payout ratio, which represents the percentage of common dividends declared to stockholders to basic earnings per share, was 1.64% for third quarter 2016 compared to 1.72% for third quarter 2015. Our Board of Directors periodically evaluates our dividend payout ratio, taking into consideration internal capital guidelines, and our strategic objectives and business plans, but we have no current plans to raise the amount of dividends currently paid on our common stock. Furthermore, the merger agreement that we have entered into with CIBC restricts us from increasing our dividend prior to the merger without the prior consent of CIBC, which we would not expect to receive.

For additional information regarding limitations and restrictions on our ability to pay dividends, refer to the “Supervision and Regulation” and “Risk Factors” sections of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2015.

Capital Management

Under applicable regulatory capital adequacy guidelines, the Company and the Bank are subject to various capital requirements adopted and administered by the federal banking agencies. These guidelines specify minimum capital ratios calculated in accordance with the definitions in the guidelines, including the leverage ratio, which is Tier 1 capital as a percentage of adjusted average assets, and the Tier 1 risk-based capital, common equity Tier 1 and the total risk-based capital ratios, which are calculated based on risk-weighted assets and off-balance sheet items that have been weighted according to broad risk categories.

In addition to the minimum risk-based capital requirements, we are required to maintain a minimum capital conservation buffer, in the form of common equity Tier 1 capital, in order to avoid restrictions on capital distributions (including dividends and stock repurchases) and discretionary bonuses to senior executive management. The required amount of the capital conservation buffer is being phased-in, beginning at 0.625% on January 1, 2016 and increasing by an additional 0.625% on each subsequent January 1, until it reaches 2.5% on January 1, 2019. We have included the 0.625% increase for 2016 in our minimum capital adequacy ratios in the table below. The capital buffer requirement effectively raises the minimum required common equity Tier 1 capital ratio to 7.0%, the Tier 1 capital ratio to 8.5%, and the total capital ratio to 10.5% on a fully phased-in basis on January 1, 2019. As of September 30, 2016, the Company and the Bank would meet all capital adequacy requirements on a fully phased-in basis as if all such requirements were currently in effect.

To satisfy safety and soundness standards, banking institutions are expected to maintain capital levels in excess of the regulatory minimums depending on the risk inherent in the balance sheet, regulatory expectations and the changing risk profile of business activities. Under our capital management policy, we conduct periodic stress testing of our capital adequacy and target capital ratios at levels above regulatory minimums that we believe are appropriate based on various other risk considerations, including the current operating and economic environment and outlook, internal risk guidelines, and our strategic objectives as well as regulatory expectations.


90


Table 23
Capital Measurements
(Dollars in thousands)

 
Actual (1)
 
FRB Guidelines
For Minimum
Regulatory Capital Plus Capital Conservation Buffer
 
Regulatory Minimum
For “Well-Capitalized”
under FDICIA
 
September 30,
2016
 
December 31,
2015
 
Ratio
 
Excess Over
Regulatory
Minimum at
9/30/16
 
Ratio
 
Excess Over
“Well
Capitalized”
under
FDICIA at
9/30/16
Regulatory capital ratios:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total risk-based capital:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated
12.41
%
 
12.37
%
 
8.625
%
 
$
686,118

 
n/a

 
n/a

The PrivateBank
12.09

 
11.91

 
n/a

 
n/a

 
10.00
%
 
$
377,801

Tier 1 risk-based capital:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated
10.64

 
10.56

 
6.625
%
 
727,261

 
n/a

 
n/a

The PrivateBank
10.98

 
10.84

 
n/a

 
n/a

 
8.00
%
 
539,290

Tier 1 leverage:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated
10.43

 
10.35

 
4.000
%
 
1,188,454

 
n/a

 
n/a

The PrivateBank
10.76

 
10.62

 
n/a

 
n/a

 
5.00
%
 
1,064,632

Common equity Tier 1:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated
9.71

 
9.54

 
5.125
%
 
831,564

 
n/a

 
n/a

The PrivateBank
10.98

 
10.84

 
n/a

 
n/a

 
6.50
%
 
811,001

Other capital ratios (consolidated) (2):
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Tangible common equity to tangible assets
9.40

 
9.33

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(1) 
Computed in accordance with the applicable regulations of the FRB in effect as of the respective reporting periods.
(2) 
Ratio is not subject to formal FRB regulatory guidance and is a non-U.S. GAAP financial measure. Refer to Table 24, “Non-U.S. GAAP Financial Measures” for a reconciliation from non-U.S. GAAP to U.S. GAAP presentation.
n/a    Not applicable.

As of September 30, 2016, all of our $167.6 million of outstanding junior subordinated debentures held by trusts that issued Trust Preferred Securities are included in Tier 1 capital and all of our outstanding Trust Preferred Securities are redeemable by us at any time, subject to receipt of any required regulatory approvals and, in the case of the remaining $66.6 million of 10% Debentures issued by PrivateBancorp Capital Trust IV, compliance with the terms of the replacement capital covenant. Upon completion of our pending merger with CIBC, we expect the outstanding Trust Preferred Securities will no longer qualify as Tier 1 capital and would be treated as Tier 2 capital under current FRB regulations. The post-merger capital structure of the successor holding company is currently under evaluation, including possible redemption of some or all of the outstanding Trust Preferred Securities. Our outstanding 7.125% subordinated debentures due 2042, also Tier 2 instruments, are redeemable on or after October 30, 2017. Redemption of any of these securities would be subject to regulatory approval and no definitive plans regarding potential changes to capital structure have yet been made. The terms of the merger agreement restrict us from redeeming any securities prior to completion of the merger without CIBC’s consent.

For a full description of our junior subordinated debentures and subordinated debt, refer to Notes 9 and 10 of “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” in Item 1 of this Form 10-Q.

NON-U.S. GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES

This report contains both U.S. GAAP and non-U.S. GAAP based financial measures. These non-U.S. GAAP financial measures include net interest income, net interest margin, net revenue, operating profit, and efficiency ratio all on a fully taxable-equivalent basis, return on average tangible common equity, tangible common equity to tangible assets, and tangible book value. We believe that presenting these non-U.S. GAAP financial measures will provide information useful to investors in understanding our

91


underlying operational performance, our business, and performance trends and facilitates comparisons with the performance of others in the banking industry.

We use net interest income on a taxable-equivalent basis in calculating various performance measures by increasing the interest income earned on tax-exempt assets to make it fully equivalent to interest income earned on taxable investments assuming a 35% tax rate. Management believes this measure to be the preferred industry measurement of net interest income as it enhances comparability to net interest income arising from taxable and tax-exempt sources, and accordingly believes that providing this measure may be useful for peer comparison purposes.

In addition to capital ratios defined by banking regulators, we also consider various measures when evaluating capital utilization and adequacy, including return on average tangible common equity, tangible common equity to tangible assets, and tangible book value. These calculations are intended to complement the capital ratios defined by banking regulators for both absolute and comparative purposes. All of these measures exclude the ending balances of goodwill and other intangibles while certain of these ratios exclude preferred capital components. Because U.S. GAAP does not include capital ratio measures, we believe there are no comparable U.S. GAAP financial measures to these ratios. We believe these non-U.S. GAAP financial measures are relevant because they provide information that is helpful in assessing the level of capital available to withstand unexpected market conditions. Additionally, presentation of these measures allows readers to compare certain aspects of our capitalization to other similar companies. However, because there are no standardized definitions for these ratios, our calculations may not be comparable with other companies.

Non-U.S. GAAP financial measures have inherent limitations, are not required to be uniformly applied, and are not audited. Although these non-U.S. GAAP financial measures are frequently used by stakeholders in the evaluation of a company, they have limitations as analytical tools, and should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for analyses of results as reported under U.S. GAAP. As a result, we encourage readers to consider our Consolidated Financial Statements in their entirety and not to rely on any single financial measure.


92


The following table reconciles non-U.S. GAAP financial measures to U.S. GAAP.

Table 24
Non-U.S. GAAP Financial Measures
(Dollars in thousands)
(Unaudited)

 
Three Months Ended
 
2016
 
2015
 
September 30
 
June 30
 
March 31
 
December 31
 
September 30
Taxable-equivalent net interest income
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. GAAP net interest income
$
145,510

 
$
142,017

 
$
139,518

 
$
136,591

 
$
131,209

Taxable-equivalent adjustment
1,207

 
1,194

 
1,217

 
1,206

 
1,136

Taxable-equivalent net interest income (a)
$
146,717

 
$
143,211

 
$
140,735

 
$
137,797

 
$
132,345

Average Earning Assets (b)
$
18,084,391

 
$
17,285,351

 
$
16,865,659

 
$
16,631,958

 
$
16,050,598

Net Interest Margin ((a)annualized) / (b)
3.18
%
 
3.28
%
 
3.30
%
 
3.25
%
 
3.23
%
Net Revenue
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Taxable-equivalent net interest income
$
146,717

 
$
143,211

 
$
140,735

 
$
137,797

 
$
132,345

U.S. GAAP non-interest income
37,614

 
37,130

 
33,602

 
32,648

 
30,789

Net revenue (c)
$
184,331

 
$
180,341

 
$
174,337

 
$
170,445

 
$
163,134

Operating Profit
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. GAAP income before income taxes
$
75,513

 
$
79,362

 
$
76,225

 
$
83,388

 
$
72,626

Provision for loan and covered loan losses
15,691

 
5,569

 
6,402

 
2,831

 
4,197

Taxable-equivalent adjustment
1,207

 
1,194

 
1,217

 
1,206

 
1,136

Operating profit
$
92,411

 
$
86,125

 
$
83,844

 
$
87,425

 
$
77,959

Efficiency Ratio
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. GAAP non-interest expense (d)
$
91,920

 
$
94,216

 
$
90,493

 
$
83,020

 
$
85,175

Net revenue
$
184,331

 
$
180,341

 
$
174,337

 
$
170,445

 
$
163,134

Efficiency ratio (d) / (c)
49.87
%
 
52.24
%

51.91
%

48.71
%

52.21
%
Adjusted Net Income
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. GAAP net income available to common stockholders
$
48,892

 
$
50,365

 
$
49,552

 
$
52,137

 
$
45,268

Amortization of intangibles, net of tax
332

 
332

 
331

 
357

 
353

Adjusted net income (e)
$
49,224

 
$
50,697

 
$
49,883

 
$
52,494

 
$
45,621

Average Tangible Common Equity
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. GAAP average total equity
$
1,870,109

 
$
1,809,203

 
$
1,747,531

 
$
1,683,484

 
$
1,625,982

Less: average goodwill
94,041

 
94,041

 
94,041

 
94,041

 
94,041

Less: average other intangibles
2,073

 
2,613

 
3,153

 
3,711

 
4,291

Average tangible common equity (f)
$
1,773,995

 
$
1,712,549

 
$
1,650,337

 
$
1,585,732

 
$
1,527,650

Return on average tangible common equity ((e) annualized) / (f)
11.04
%
 
11.91
%
 
12.16
%
 
13.13
%
 
11.85
%


93


Table 24
Non-U.S. GAAP Financial Measures (Continued)
(Dollars in thousands)
(Unaudited)
 
 
Nine Months Ended September 30,
 
2016
 
2015
Taxable-equivalent net interest income
 
 
 
U.S. GAAP net interest income
$
427,045

 
$
377,824

Taxable-equivalent adjustment
3,618

 
3,116

Taxable-equivalent net interest income (a)
$
430,663

 
$
380,940

Average Earning Assets (b)
$
17,414,256

 
$
15,685,194

Net Interest Margin ((a) annualized) / (b)
3.25
%
 
3.20
%
Net Revenue
 
 
 
Taxable-equivalent net interest income
$
430,663

 
$
380,940

U.S. GAAP non-interest income
108,346

 
97,364

Net revenue (c)
$
539,009

 
$
478,304

Operating Profit
 
 
 
U.S. GAAP income before income taxes
$
231,100

 
$
213,012

Provision for loan and covered loan losses
27,662

 
11,959

Taxable-equivalent adjustment
3,618

 
3,116

Operating profit
$
262,380

 
$
228,087

Efficiency Ratio
 
 
 
U.S. GAAP non-interest expense (d)
$
276,629

 
$
250,217

Net revenue
$
539,009

 
$
478,304

Efficiency ratio (d) / (c)
51.32
%
 
52.31
%
Adjusted Net Income
 
 
 
U.S. GAAP net income available to common stockholders
$
148,809

 
$
133,174

Amortization of intangibles, net of tax
995

 
1,148

Adjusted net income (e)
$
149,804

 
$
134,322

Average Tangible Common Equity
 
 
 
U.S. GAAP average total equity
$
1,809,171

 
$
1,573,806

Less: average goodwill
94,041

 
94,041

Less: average other intangibles
2,611

 
4,908

Average tangible common equity (f)
$
1,712,519

 
$
1,474,857

Return on average tangible common equity ((e) annualized) / (f)
11.68
%
 
12.18
%


94


Table 24
Non-U.S. GAAP Financial Measures (Continued)
(Dollars in thousands)
(Unaudited)

 
As of
 
2016
 
2015
 
September 30
 
June 30
 
March 31
 
December 31
 
September 30
Tangible Common Equity
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. GAAP total equity
$
1,882,354

 
$
1,831,150

 
$
1,767,991

 
$
1,698,951

 
$
1,647,999

Less: goodwill
94,041

 
94,041

 
94,041

 
94,041

 
94,041

Less: other intangibles
1,809

 
2,349

 
2,890

 
3,430

 
4,008

Tangible common equity (g)
$
1,786,504

 
$
1,734,760

 
$
1,671,060

 
$
1,601,480

 
$
1,549,950

Tangible Assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. GAAP total assets
$
19,105,560

 
$
18,169,191

 
$
17,667,372

 
$
17,252,848

 
$
16,888,008

Less: goodwill
94,041

 
94,041

 
94,041

 
94,041

 
94,041

Less: other intangibles
1,809

 
2,349

 
2,890

 
3,430

 
4,008

Tangible assets (h)
$
19,009,710

 
$
18,072,801

 
$
17,570,441

 
$
17,155,377

 
$
16,789,959

Period-end Common Shares Outstanding (i)
79,640

 
79,464

 
79,322

 
79,097

 
78,863

Ratios:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Tangible common equity to tangible assets (g) / (h)
9.40
%
 
9.60
%
 
9.51
%
 
9.34
%
 
9.23
%
Tangible book value (g) / (i)
$
22.43

 
$
21.83

 
$
21.07

 
$
20.25

 
$
19.65


CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Our consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“U.S. GAAP”), and our accounting policies are consistent with predominant practices in the financial services industry. Critical accounting policies are those policies that require management to make the most significant estimates, assumptions, and judgments based on information available at the date of the financial statements that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. Future changes in information may affect these estimates, assumptions, and judgments, which, in turn, may affect amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements. Management has determined that our accounting policies with respect to the allowance for loan losses, goodwill and intangible assets, income taxes and fair value measurements are the accounting areas requiring subjective or complex judgments that are most important to our financial position and results of operations and, as such, are considered to be critical accounting policies. For additional information regarding critical accounting policies, refer to “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” presented in Note 1 of “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” and the section titled “Critical Accounting Policies” in Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations both included in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2015, as well as the section titled “Credit Quality Management and Allowance for Credit Losses” in Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations included earlier in this Form 10-Q. There have been no significant changes in our application of critical accounting policies since December 31, 2015.

ITEM 3. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE
DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

As a continuing part of our asset/liability management, we attempt to manage the impact of fluctuations in market interest rates on our net interest income. This effort entails providing a reasonable balance between interest rate risk, credit risk, liquidity risk and maintenance of yield. We may manage interest rate risk by structuring the asset and liability characteristics of our balance sheet and/or by executing derivatives designated as cash flow hedges. We use interest rate derivatives as part of our asset liability management strategy to hedge interest rate risk in our primarily floating-rate loan portfolio and, depending on market and other conditions, we may alter this program and enter into or terminate additional interest rate swaps.


95


Interest rate changes do not affect all categories of assets and liabilities equally or simultaneously. There are other factors that are difficult to measure and predict that would influence the effect of interest rate fluctuations on our consolidated statements of income.

The majority of our interest-earning assets are floating-rate instruments. At September 30, 2016, approximately 79% of the total loan portfolio is indexed to LIBOR, including 70% indexed to one month LIBOR, and 16% of the total loan portfolio is indexed to the prime rate. Of the $10.0 billion in loans maturing after one year with a floating interest rate, $916.9 million are subject to interest rate floors, of which 53% were in effect at September 30, 2016, and are reflected in the interest sensitivity analysis below. In addition, commencing in 2016, we have included contractual language in loan agreements that establishes a floor of 0% for loans with LIBOR indices, protecting the Company in the event of negative LIBOR rates. To manage the interest rate risk of our balance sheet, we have the ability to use a combination of financial instruments, including medium-term and short-term financings, variable-rate debt instruments, fixed-rate loans and securities and interest rate swaps.

We use a simulation model to estimate the potential impact of various interest rate changes on our income statement and our interest-earning asset and interest-bearing liability portfolios. The starting point of the analysis is the current size and nature of these portfolios at the beginning of the measurement period as well as the then-current applicable pricing structures. During the twelve-month measurement period, the model re-prices assets and liabilities based on the contractual terms and market rates in effect at the beginning of the measurement period assuming instantaneous parallel shifts in the applicable yield curves and instruments then remain at that new interest rate through the end of the twelve-month measurement period. The model analyzes changes in the portfolios based only on assets and liabilities at the beginning of the measurement period and does not assume any asset or liability growth over the following twelve months.

The sensitivity analysis is based on numerous assumptions including: the nature and timing of interest rate levels, the shape of the yield curve, prepayments on loans and securities, levels of excess deposits, pricing decisions on loans and deposits, reinvestment/replacement of asset and liability cash flows and others. While our assumptions are developed based upon current economic and local market conditions, we cannot make any assurances as to the predictive nature of these assumptions including how client preferences or competitor influences might change. In addition, the simulation model assumes certain one-time instantaneous interest rate shifts that are consistent across all yield curves and do not continue to change over the measurement period. As such, these assumptions and modeling reflect an estimation of the sensitivity to interest rates or market risk and do not predict the timing and direction of interest rates or the shape and steepness of the yield curves. Therefore, the actual results may differ materially from these simulated results due to timing, magnitude, and frequency of interest rate changes as well as changes in market conditions and management strategies.

Modeling the sensitivity of net interest income to changes in market interest rates is highly dependent on numerous assumptions incorporated into the modeling process. These assumptions are periodically reviewed and updated in the context of various internal and external factors including balance sheet changes, product offerings, product mix, external micro- and macro-economic factors, anticipated client behavior and anticipated Company and market pricing behavior, all of which may occur in dynamic and non-linear fashion. We routinely conduct historical deposit re-pricing and deposit lifespan/retention analyses and adjust our forward-looking assumptions related to client and market behavior. Based on our analyses and judgments, we recently modified core deposit product repricing characteristics and retention periods, as well as average life estimates, used in our interest rate risk modeling which reflects higher interest rate sensitivity of our deposits.

Based on our current simulation modeling assumptions, the following table shows the estimated impact of an immediate change in interest rates as of September 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015.

Analysis of Net Interest Income Sensitivity
(Dollars in thousands)
 
 
 
Immediate Change in Rates
 
 
-50
 
+50
 
+100
 
+200
 
+300
September 30, 2016
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Dollar change
 
$
(38,597
)
 
$
25,943

 
$
50,830

 
$
94,950

 
$
131,774

Percent change
 
-6.8
 %
 
4.6
%
 
9.0
%
 
16.8
%
 
23.3
%
December 31, 2015
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Dollar change
 
$
(27,635
)
 
$
16,643

 
$
34,168

 
$
64,619

 
$
88,331

Percent change
 
-5.3
 %
 
3.2
%
 
6.6
%
 
12.4
%
 
17.0
%

96



The table above illustrates the estimated impact to our net interest income over a one-year period reflected in dollar terms and percentage change. As an example, if there had been an instantaneous parallel shift in the yield curve of +100 basis points on September 30, 2016, net interest income would increase by $50.8 million, or 9.0%, over a twelve-month period, as compared to an increase in net interest income of $34.2 million, or 6.6%, if there had been an instantaneous parallel shift of +100 basis points at December 31, 2015. The increase in the above interest rate asset sensitivity at September 30, 2016 compared to December 31, 2015, is due to a net increase in rate-sensitive assets. Rate-sensitive assets, particularly loans indexed to short-term rates, increased during the nine months ended September 30, 2016. The increase was funded by rate-sensitive liabilities, primarily deposits and short-term borrowings. Overall asset sensitivity increased during 2016 due primarily to asset and liability compositional changes, including a decrease in our cash flow hedge portfolio. Based on our modeling, the Company remains in an asset sensitive position and expects to benefit from a rise in interest rates. We note, however, that 79% of our loans are indexed to LIBOR, mostly one-month LIBOR, and there can be no guarantee that action by the Federal Reserve to change the target Fed funds rate will cause an immediate parallel shift in short-term LIBOR. We will continue to periodically review and refine, as appropriate, the assumptions used in our interest rate risk modeling.

ITEM 4. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

As of the end of the period covered by this report (the “Evaluation Date”), the Company carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of the Company’s management, including the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and its Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures pursuant to Rule 13a-15 and 15d-15 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”). Based on that evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that, as of the Evaluation Date, the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures are effective to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the Company in reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized, and reported within the time periods specified in Securities and Exchange Commission rules and forms. There were no changes in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting during the nine months ended September 30, 2016, that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

PART II. OTHER INFORMATION

ITEM 1. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

Since the announcement of the proposed transaction with CIBC, three stockholders of the Company have filed separate putative class actions on behalf of our public stockholders in the Cook County Circuit Court, Chicago, Illinois. The three actions have been consolidated and styled In re PrivateBancorp, Inc. Shareholder Litigation, 2016-CH-08949. All of the actions name as defendants the Company and each of its directors individually. The complaints assert that the directors breached their fiduciary duties in connection with the proposed transaction. Two of the complaints are also brought against CIBC and assert that the Company and CIBC aided and abetted the directors’ alleged breaches. The actions broadly allege that the transaction was the result of a flawed process, that the price is unfair, and that certain provisions of the merger agreement might dissuade a potential suitor from making a competing offer, among other things. The plaintiffs subsequently filed an amended complaint, adding a claim alleging breaches of the fiduciary duty of disclosure by the directors. Plaintiffs seek injunctive relief, including damages. The plaintiffs in the three actions recently have agreed in principle not to pursue the actions as a result of the inclusion of certain additional disclosures in the proxy statement for the Company’s special meeting of stockholders. The defendants, including the Company, believe the demands and complaints are without merit and there are substantial legal and factual defenses to the claims asserted.

As of September 30, 2016, and in the ordinary course of business, there were various other legal proceedings pending against the Company and our subsidiaries that are incidental to our regular business operations. Management does not believe that the outcome of any of these proceedings will have, individually or in the aggregate, a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS

For a discussion of risk factors that could adversely affect our business, financial condition and/or results of operations, refer to Part I, “Item 1A. Risk Factors” of the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2015.  Except as set forth below with respect to risk factors related to the merger with CIBC, there have been no material changes in the risk factors set forth in the 2015 Annual Report on Form 10-K.


97


Risk Factors Related to the Merger

We will be subject to business uncertainties and contractual restrictions while the merger is pending, which could adversely affect our business.

Uncertainty about the effect of the merger on our employees and clients may have an adverse effect on the Company and, consequently, the surviving corporation. These uncertainties may impair our ability to attract, retain and motivate key personnel until the merger is completed, and could cause clients and others that deal with us to seek to change our existing business relationships. Retention of certain employees may be challenging during the pendency of the merger, as certain employees may experience uncertainty about their future roles. If key employees depart because of issues relating to uncertainty about the timing of closing the merger, the uncertainty and difficulty of integration or a desire not to remain with the business, our business prior to the merger (and CIBC’s business following the merger) could be negatively impacted. In addition, until the merger occurs, the merger agreement restricts us from making certain acquisitions or entering into new lines of business, entering into or modifying material contracts and taking other specified actions without the consent of CIBC. These restrictions may prevent or delay us from pursuing attractive business opportunities that may arise prior to the completion of the merger. The merger agreement also restricts us from increasing our dividend prior to the merger.

The merger agreement may be terminated in accordance with its terms and the merger may not be completed.

The merger agreement is subject to a number of conditions that must be fulfilled in order to complete the merger. Those conditions include, among others, the approval of the merger proposal by our stockholders, the receipt of all required regulatory approvals (which include approvals of the Office of the Superintendent of Financial Institutions (Canada), the Federal Reserve Board and the Illinois Department of Financial and Professional Regulation) and expiration or termination of all statutory waiting periods in respect thereof, the accuracy of representations and warranties under the merger agreement (subject to the materiality standards set forth in the merger agreement), CIBC’s and the Company’s performance of their respective obligations under the merger agreement in all material respects and each of CIBC’s and the Company’s receipt of a tax opinion to the effect that the merger will be treated as a “reorganization” within the meaning of Section 368(a) of the Code. These conditions to the closing of the merger may not be fulfilled in a timely manner or at all and, accordingly, the merger may be delayed or may not be completed.

In addition, if the merger is not completed by June 29, 2017, either CIBC or the Company may choose not to proceed with the merger, and the parties can mutually decide to terminate the merger agreement at any time, before or after our stockholder approval has been obtained. In addition, CIBC and the Company may elect to terminate the merger agreement in certain other circumstances. If the merger agreement is terminated under certain circumstances, we may be required to pay a termination fee of $150 million to CIBC.

Failure to complete the merger at all, or a material delay in completing the merger, could negatively impact our stock price and future business and financial results.

If the merger is not completed for any reason, including as a result of our stockholders declining to approve the merger agreement or the failure of the parties to obtain the required regulatory approvals, or if we and CIBC experience a material delay in completing the merger, our stock price and ongoing business may be adversely affected. In such case, we would be subject to a number of risks, including the following:

we may experience negative reactions from the financial markets, including negative impacts on our stock price;
we may experience negative reactions from our clients, employees and/or vendors, and if there is a material delay in completing the merger, we may find it more challenging to retain our clients and key employees due to the perceived uncertainty about the transaction;
we will have incurred substantial transaction-related expenses and will be required to pay certain costs relating to the merger, whether or not the merger is completed;
the merger agreement places certain restrictions on the conduct of our businesses prior to completion of the merger and such restrictions (the waiver of which is subject to the reasonable consent of CIBC) may prevent or delay us from making certain acquisitions or entering into new lines of business, entering into or modifying material contracts and taking other specified actions without the consent of CIBC during the pendency of the merger;
matters relating to the merger (including integration planning) require substantial commitments of time and resources by our management, which would otherwise have been devoted to other opportunities that may have been beneficial to us as an independent company; and
during the pendency of the merger, our stock price is likely to be impacted by factors affecting CIBC’s ongoing business, prospects and stock price because a majority of the merger consideration is in the form of CIBC common shares; the

98


longer period of time that the merger is pending, the more our stockholders (including employee stockholders) may be exposed to fluctuations in the price of CIBC common shares, which could have an adverse impact on our business.

In addition to the above risks, if the merger agreement is terminated and our board of directors seeks another merger or business combination, our stockholders cannot be certain that we will be able to find a party willing to offer equivalent or more attractive consideration than the consideration CIBC has agreed to provide in the merger.

ITEM 2. UNREGISTERED SALES OF EQUITY SECURITIES AND USE OF PROCEEDS

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

The following table summarizes the Company’s monthly common stock purchases during the nine months ended September 30, 2016, which are solely in connection with the administration of our employee share-based compensation plans. Under the terms of these plans, we accept shares of common stock from plan participants if they elect to surrender previously-owned shares upon exercise of options to cover the exercise price or, in the case of both restricted shares of common stock and stock options, the withholding of shares to satisfy tax withholding obligations associated with the vesting of restricted shares or exercise of stock options.

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
 
 
Total Number of Shares Purchased
 
Average Price Paid per Share
 
Total Number of Shares Purchased as Part of Publicly Announced Plans or Programs
 
Maximum Number of Shares that May Yet Be Purchased Under the Plan or Programs
July 1 - July 31, 2016
89

 
$
43.97

 

 

August 1 - August 31, 2016
351

 
43.95

 

 

September 1 - September 30, 2016
117

 
46.55

 

 

Total
557

 
$
44.50

 

 


Unregistered Sale of Equity Securities

None.

ITEM 3. DEFAULTS UPON SENIOR SECURITIES

None.

ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

Not applicable.

ITEM 5. OTHER INFORMATION

None.


99


ITEM 6. EXHIBITS
 
Exhibit
Number
Description of Documents
2.1
Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of June 29, 2016, by and among Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce, PrivateBancorp, Inc. and CIBC Holdco Inc. is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-34066) filed on July 7, 2016.
 
 
3.1
Restated Certificate of Incorporation of PrivateBancorp, Inc., dated August 6, 2013 is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 001-34006) filed on August 7, 2013.
 
 
3.2
Amended and Restated By-laws of PrivateBancorp, Inc. are incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.5 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 001-34066) filed on March 1, 2010.
 
 
3.3
Amendment to Amended and Restated By-laws of PrivateBancorp, Inc., is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-34066) filed on May 24, 2013.
 
 
4.1
Certain instruments defining the rights of the holders of certain securities of PrivateBancorp, Inc. and certain of its subsidiaries, none of which authorize a total amount of securities in excess of 10% of the total assets of PrivateBancorp, Inc. and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, have not been filed as exhibits. PrivateBancorp, Inc. hereby agrees to furnish a copy of any of these agreements to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon request.
 
 
11
Statement re: Computation of Per Share Earnings - The computation of basic and diluted earnings per share is included in Note 12 of the Company’s Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in “Item 1. Financial Statements” of this report on Form 10-Q.
 
 
12 (a)
Statement re: Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges.
 
 
15 (a)
Acknowledgment of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
 
 
31.1 (a)
Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
 
 
31.2 (a)
Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
 
 
32 (a) (b)
Certification of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
 
 
99 (a) (b)
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
 
 
101 (a)
The following financial statements from the PrivateBancorp, Inc. Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2016, filed on November 4, 2016, formatted in Extensive Business Reporting Language (XBRL): (i) Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition, (ii) Consolidated Statements of Income, (iii) Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income, (iv) Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity, (v) Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, and (vi) Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
(a) 
Filed herewith.
 
 
(b) 
This exhibit shall not be deemed “filed” for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or otherwise subject to the liability of that section, and shall not be deemed to be incorporated by reference into any filing under the Securities Act of 1933 or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.


100


SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report on Form 10-Q to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.
 
PrivateBancorp, Inc.
 
/s/ Larry D. Richman
Larry D. Richman
President and Chief Executive Officer
 
/s/ Kevin M. Killips
Kevin M. Killips
Chief Financial Officer and Principal Financial Officer

Date: November 4, 2016

101